mirrors
/
linux-stable
mirror of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Releases Wiki Activity
linux-stable/net/dsa/slave.c

2250 lines
55 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 152 Based on 1 normalized pattern(s): this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at your option any later version extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier GPL-2.0-or-later has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 3029 file(s). Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net> Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190527070032.746973796@linutronix.de Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2019-05-27 06:55:01 +00:00
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
/*
* net/dsa/slave.c - Slave device handling
dsa: add switch chip cascading support The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support for multiple switch chips on a network interface. An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as follows: +-----+ +--------+ +--------+ | |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch | | CPU +----------+ +-------+ | | | | chip 0 | | chip 1 | +-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+ || || || || ||1000baseT ||1000baseT ||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16 This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer: - The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm) - The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit according to which switch chip the packet is heading to. (net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c) - The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU (port 10 for both switch chips in the example above). - The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given port in the port array. - The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip. This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[] array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches in the tree. For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look something like this: static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = { { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 1, .port_names[0] = "p1", .port_names[1] = "p2", .port_names[2] = "p3", .port_names[3] = "p4", .port_names[4] = "p5", .port_names[5] = "p6", .port_names[6] = "p7", .port_names[7] = "p8", .port_names[9] = "dsa", .port_names[10] = "cpu", .rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, }, }, { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 2, .port_names[0] = "p9", .port_names[1] = "p10", .port_names[2] = "p11", .port_names[3] = "p12", .port_names[4] = "p13", .port_names[5] = "p14", .port_names[6] = "p15", .port_names[7] = "p16", .port_names[10] = "dsa", .rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, }, }, }, static struct dsa_platform_data pd = { .netdev = &foo, .nr_switches = 2, .sw = sw, }; Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 09:52:09 +00:00
* Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Marvell Semiconductor
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
*/
#include <linux/list.h>
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
#include <linux/etherdevice.h>
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
#include <linux/phy.h>
net: dsa: add includes for ethtool and phy_fixed definitions net/dsa/slave.c uses functions and structures declared in phy_fixed.h but does not explicitely include it, while dsa.h needs structure declarations for 'struct ethtool_wolinfo' and 'struct ethtool_eee', fix those by including the correct header files. Fixes: ec9436baedb6 ("net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment") Fixes: ce31b31c68e7 ("net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-17 23:02:13 +00:00
#include <linux/phy_fixed.h>
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
#include <linux/phylink.h>
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
#include <linux/of_net.h>
#include <linux/of_mdio.h>
phy: Add API for {un}registering an mdio device to a bus. Rather than have drivers directly manipulate the mii_bus structure, provide and API for registering and unregistering devices on an MDIO bus, and performing lookups. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 19:11:18 +00:00
#include <linux/mdio.h>
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
#include <net/rtnetlink.h>
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
#include <net/pkt_cls.h>
#include <net/tc_act/tc_mirred.h>
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
#include <linux/if_bridge.h>
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
#include <linux/netpoll.h>
net: dsa: forward timestamping callbacks to switch drivers Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the switch driver. On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp. This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp. On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior of skb_tx_timestamp. Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone in the same central function by Richard Cochran Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 00:07:49 +00:00
#include <linux/ptp_classify.h>
net: dsa: include dsa.h only once The public include/net/dsa.h file is meant for DSA drivers, while all DSA core files share a common private header net/dsa/dsa_priv.h file. Ensure that dsa_priv.h is the only DSA core file to include net/dsa.h, and add a new line to separate absolute and relative headers at the same time. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-17 19:46:03 +00:00
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
#include "dsa_priv.h"
/* slave mii_bus handling ***************************************************/
static int dsa_slave_phy_read(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, int reg)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = bus->priv;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
if (ds->phys_mii_mask & (1 << addr))
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
return ds->ops->phy_read(ds, addr, reg);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0xffff;
}
static int dsa_slave_phy_write(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, int reg, u16 val)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = bus->priv;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
if (ds->phys_mii_mask & (1 << addr))
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
return ds->ops->phy_write(ds, addr, reg, val);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0;
}
void dsa_slave_mii_bus_init(struct dsa_switch *ds)
{
ds->slave_mii_bus->priv = (void *)ds;
ds->slave_mii_bus->name = "dsa slave smi";
ds->slave_mii_bus->read = dsa_slave_phy_read;
ds->slave_mii_bus->write = dsa_slave_phy_write;
net: dsa: Provide unique DSA slave MII bus names In case we have multiples trees and switches with the same index, we need to add another discriminating id: the switch tree. Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-07 23:32:38 +00:00
snprintf(ds->slave_mii_bus->id, MII_BUS_ID_SIZE, "dsa-%d.%d",
net: dsa: make tree index unsigned Similarly to a DSA switch and port, rename the tree index from "tree" to "index" and make it an unsigned int because it isn't supposed to be less than 0. u32 is an OF specific data used to retrieve the value and has no need to be propagated up to the tree index. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-03 23:05:21 +00:00
ds->dst->index, ds->index);
dsa: Remove master_dev from switch structure The switch drivers only use the master_dev member for dev_info() messages. Now that the device is passed to the old style probe, and new style drivers are probed as true linux drivers, this is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-10 21:27:23 +00:00
ds->slave_mii_bus->parent = ds->dev;
net: dsa: set slave MII bus PHY mask When registering a mdio bus, Linux assumes than every port has a PHY and tries to scan it. If a switch port has no PHY registered, DSA will fail to register the slave MII bus. To fix this, set the slave MII bus PHY mask to the switch PHYs mask. As an example, if we use a Marvell MV88E6352 (which is a 7-port switch with no registered PHYs for port 5 and port 6), with the following declared names: static struct dsa_chip_data switch_cdata = { [...] .port_names[0] = "sw0", .port_names[1] = "sw1", .port_names[2] = "sw2", .port_names[3] = "sw3", .port_names[4] = "sw4", .port_names[5] = "cpu", }; DSA will fail to create the switch instance. With the PHY mask set for the slave MII bus, only the PHY for ports 0-4 will be scanned and the instance will be successfully created. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-21 00:13:32 +00:00
ds->slave_mii_bus->phy_mask = ~ds->phys_mii_mask;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
/* slave device handling ****************************************************/
dsa: implement ndo_get_iflink Don't use dev->iflink anymore. CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-02 15:07:08 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_iflink(const struct net_device *dev)
dsa: set ->iflink on slave interfaces to the ifindex of the parent ..so that we can parse the DSA topology from 'ip link' output: 1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 16436 qdisc noqueue 2: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 4: lan1@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 5: lan2@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 6: lan3@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 7: lan4@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 09:49:49 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
return dsa_slave_to_master(dev)->ifindex;
dsa: set ->iflink on slave interfaces to the ifindex of the parent ..so that we can parse the DSA topology from 'ip link' output: 1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 16436 qdisc noqueue 2: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 4: lan1@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 5: lan2@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 6: lan3@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 7: lan4@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 09:49:49 +00:00
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_open(struct net_device *dev)
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
int err;
if (!(master->flags & IFF_UP))
return -ENETDOWN;
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr)) {
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
err = dev_uc_add(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
if (err < 0)
goto out;
}
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI) {
err = dev_set_allmulti(master, 1);
if (err < 0)
goto del_unicast;
}
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC) {
err = dev_set_promiscuity(master, 1);
if (err < 0)
goto clear_allmulti;
}
net: dsa: fix phylink_start()/phylink_stop() calls Place phylink_start()/phylink_stop() inside dsa_port_enable() and dsa_port_disable(), which ensures that we call phylink_stop() before tearing down phylink - which is a documented requirement. Failure to do so can cause use-after-free bugs. Fixes: 0e27921816ad ("net: dsa: Use PHYLINK for the CPU/DSA ports") Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-03 15:01:46 +00:00
err = dsa_port_enable_rt(dp, dev->phydev);
net: dsa: add port enable and disable helpers Provide dsa_port_enable and dsa_port_disable helpers to respectively enable and disable a switch port. This makes the dsa_port_set_state_now helper static. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-22 23:01:56 +00:00
if (err)
goto clear_promisc;
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0;
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
net: dsa: allow enabling and disable switch ports Whenever a per-port network device is used/unused, invoke the switch driver port_enable/port_disable callbacks to allow saving as much power as possible by disabling unused parts of the switch (RX/TX logic, memory arrays, PHYs...). We supply a PHY device argument to make sure the switch driver can act on the PHY device if needed (like putting/taking the PHY out of deep low power mode). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:18 +00:00
clear_promisc:
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC)
dsa: fix promiscuity leak on slave dev open error DSA master netdev promiscuity counter was not being properly decremented on slave device open error path. Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@benyossef.com> CC: Gilad Ben-Yossef <giladb@ezchip.com> CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> CC: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> CC: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> CC: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-25 13:50:13 +00:00
dev_set_promiscuity(master, -1);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
clear_allmulti:
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master, -1);
del_unicast:
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
out:
return err;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_close(struct net_device *dev)
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
net: dsa: fix phylink_start()/phylink_stop() calls Place phylink_start()/phylink_stop() inside dsa_port_enable() and dsa_port_disable(), which ensures that we call phylink_stop() before tearing down phylink - which is a documented requirement. Failure to do so can cause use-after-free bugs. Fixes: 0e27921816ad ("net: dsa: Use PHYLINK for the CPU/DSA ports") Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-03 15:01:46 +00:00
dsa_port_disable_rt(dp);
net: dsa: make slave close symmetrical to open The DSA slave open function configures the unicast MAC addresses on the master device, enable the switch port, change its STP state, then start the PHY device. Make the close function symmetric, by first stopping the PHY device, then changing the STP state, disabling the switch port and restore the master device. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-22 23:01:55 +00:00
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
dev_mc_unsync(master, dev);
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_unsync(master, dev);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master, -1);
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC)
dev_set_promiscuity(master, -1);
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0;
}
static void dsa_slave_change_rx_flags(struct net_device *dev, int change)
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: dsa: slave: Don't propagate flag changes on down slave interfaces The unbalance of master's promiscuity or allmulti will happen after ifdown and ifup a slave interface which is in a bridge. When we ifdown a slave interface , both the 'dsa_slave_close' and 'dsa_slave_change_rx_flags' will clear the master's flags. The flags of master will be decrease twice. In the other hand, if we ifup the slave interface again, since the slave's flags were cleared the 'dsa_slave_open' won't set the master's flag, only 'dsa_slave_change_rx_flags' that triggered by 'br_add_if' will set the master's flags. The flags of master is increase once. Only propagating flag changes when a slave interface is up makes sure this does not happen. The 'vlan_dev_change_rx_flags' had the same problem and was fixed, and changes here follows that fix. Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Rundong Ge <rdong.ge@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-02 14:29:35 +00:00
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP) {
if (change & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master,
dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI ? 1 : -1);
if (change & IFF_PROMISC)
dev_set_promiscuity(master,
dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC ? 1 : -1);
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
static void dsa_slave_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev)
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
dev_mc_sync(master, dev);
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_sync(master, dev);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_set_mac_address(struct net_device *dev, void *a)
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
struct sockaddr *addr = a;
int err;
if (!is_valid_ether_addr(addr->sa_data))
return -EADDRNOTAVAIL;
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_UP))
goto out;
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(addr->sa_data, master->dev_addr)) {
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
err = dev_uc_add(master, addr->sa_data);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
if (err < 0)
return err;
}
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
out:
dsa: Use ether_addr_copy Use ether_addr_copy instead of memcpy(a, b, ETH_ALEN) to save some cycles on arm and powerpc. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-01-20 17:52:20 +00:00
ether_addr_copy(dev->dev_addr, addr->sa_data);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0;
}
net: dsa: Move FDB dump implementation inside DSA >From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge. Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:49 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx {
struct net_device *dev;
struct sk_buff *skb;
struct netlink_callback *cb;
int idx;
};
static int
dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump(const unsigned char *addr, u16 vid,
bool is_static, void *data)
{
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx *dump = data;
u32 portid = NETLINK_CB(dump->cb->skb).portid;
u32 seq = dump->cb->nlh->nlmsg_seq;
struct nlmsghdr *nlh;
struct ndmsg *ndm;
if (dump->idx < dump->cb->args[2])
goto skip;
nlh = nlmsg_put(dump->skb, portid, seq, RTM_NEWNEIGH,
sizeof(*ndm), NLM_F_MULTI);
if (!nlh)
return -EMSGSIZE;
ndm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
ndm->ndm_family = AF_BRIDGE;
ndm->ndm_pad1 = 0;
ndm->ndm_pad2 = 0;
ndm->ndm_flags = NTF_SELF;
ndm->ndm_type = 0;
ndm->ndm_ifindex = dump->dev->ifindex;
ndm->ndm_state = is_static ? NUD_NOARP : NUD_REACHABLE;
if (nla_put(dump->skb, NDA_LLADDR, ETH_ALEN, addr))
goto nla_put_failure;
if (vid && nla_put_u16(dump->skb, NDA_VLAN, vid))
goto nla_put_failure;
nlmsg_end(dump->skb, nlh);
skip:
dump->idx++;
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
nlmsg_cancel(dump->skb, nlh);
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
static int
dsa_slave_fdb_dump(struct sk_buff *skb, struct netlink_callback *cb,
struct net_device *dev, struct net_device *filter_dev,
int *idx)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: Move FDB dump implementation inside DSA >From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge. Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:49 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx dump = {
.dev = dev,
.skb = skb,
.cb = cb,
.idx = *idx,
};
int err;
net: dsa: add port fdb dump Dumping a DSA port's FDB entries is not specific to a DSA slave, so add a dsa_port_fdb_dump function, similarly to dsa_port_fdb_add and dsa_port_fdb_del. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:32:14 +00:00
err = dsa_port_fdb_dump(dp, dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump, &dump);
net: dsa: Move FDB dump implementation inside DSA >From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge. Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:49 +00:00
*idx = dump.idx;
net: dsa: add port fdb dump Dumping a DSA port's FDB entries is not specific to a DSA slave, so add a dsa_port_fdb_dump function, similarly to dsa_port_fdb_add and dsa_port_fdb_del. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:32:14 +00:00
net: dsa: Move FDB dump implementation inside DSA >From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge. Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:49 +00:00
return err;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_ioctl(struct net_device *dev, struct ifreq *ifr, int cmd)
{
net: dsa: forward hardware timestamping ioctls to switch driver This patch adds support to the dsa slave network device so that switch drivers can implement the SIOC[GS]HWTSTAMP ioctls and the ethtool timestamp-info interface. Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 00:07:48 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
int port = p->dp->index;
/* Pass through to switch driver if it supports timestamping */
switch (cmd) {
case SIOCGHWTSTAMP:
if (ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_get)
return ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_get(ds, port, ifr);
break;
case SIOCSHWTSTAMP:
if (ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_set)
return ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_set(ds, port, ifr);
break;
}
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
return phylink_mii_ioctl(p->dp->pl, ifr, cmd);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_port_attr_set(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: make struct switchdev_attr parameter const for attr_set calls Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-14 17:40:49 +00:00
const struct switchdev_attr *attr,
switchdev: introduce transaction item queue for attr_set and obj_add Now, the memory allocation in prepare/commit state is done separatelly in each driver (rocker). Introduce the similar mechanism in generic switchdev code, in form of queue. That can be used not only for memory allocations, but also for different items. Abort item destruction is handled as well. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 08:02:41 +00:00
struct switchdev_trans *trans)
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: fix preparation of a port STP update Because of the default 0 value of ret in dsa_slave_port_attr_set, a driver may return -EOPNOTSUPP from the commit phase of a STP state, which triggers a WARN() from switchdev. This happened on a 6185 switch which does not support hardware bridging. Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-29 16:38:36 +00:00
int ret;
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
switch (attr->id) {
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_ATTR_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_* To be aligned with obj. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:42 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE:
net: dsa: change scope of STP state setter Instead of having multiple STP state helpers scoping a slave device supporting both the DSA logic and the switchdev binding, provide a single dsa_port_set_state helper scoping a DSA port, as well as its dsa_port_set_state_now wrapper which skips the prepare phase. This allows us to better separate the DSA logic from the slave device handling. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:36 +00:00
ret = dsa_port_set_state(dp, attr->u.stp_state, trans);
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: support VLAN filtering switchdev attr When a user explicitly requests VLAN filtering with something like: # echo 1 > /sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering Switchdev propagates a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING port attribute. Add support for it in the DSA layer with a new port_vlan_filtering function to let drivers toggle 802.1Q filtering on user demand. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 18:16:00 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING:
net: dsa: change scope of VLAN filtering setter Change the scope of the switchdev VLAN filtering attribute setter from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:42 +00:00
ret = dsa_port_vlan_filtering(dp, attr->u.vlan_filtering,
trans);
net: dsa: support VLAN filtering switchdev attr When a user explicitly requests VLAN filtering with something like: # echo 1 > /sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering Switchdev propagates a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING port attribute. Add support for it in the DSA layer with a new port_vlan_filtering function to let drivers toggle 802.1Q filtering on user demand. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 18:16:00 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: support switchdev ageing time attr Add a new function for DSA drivers to handle the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME attribute. The ageing time is passed as milliseconds. Also because we can have multiple logical bridges on top of a physical switch and ageing time are switch-wide, call the driver function with the fastest ageing time in use on the chip instead of the requested one. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-19 00:45:38 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME:
net: dsa: change scope of ageing time setter Change the scope of the switchdev bridge ageing time attribute setter from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Also ds->ports is now a contiguous array of dsa_port structures, thus their addresses cannot be NULL. Remove the useless check in dsa_fastest_ageing_time. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:43 +00:00
ret = dsa_port_ageing_time(dp, attr->u.ageing_time, trans);
net: dsa: support switchdev ageing time attr Add a new function for DSA drivers to handle the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME attribute. The ageing time is passed as milliseconds. Also because we can have multiple logical bridges on top of a physical switch and ageing time are switch-wide, call the driver function with the fastest ageing time in use on the chip instead of the requested one. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-19 00:45:38 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: Add setter for SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS In preparation for removing SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS_SUPPORT, add support for a function that processes the SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS and SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS attributes and returns not supported for any flag set, since DSA does not currently support toggling those bridge port attributes (yet). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-21 00:58:22 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS:
ret = dsa_port_pre_bridge_flags(dp, attr->u.brport_flags,
trans);
break;
net: dsa: add support for bridge flags The Linux bridge implementation allows various properties of the bridge to be controlled, such as flooding unknown unicast and multicast frames. This patch adds the necessary DSA infrastructure to allow the Linux bridge support to control these properties for DSA switches. Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> [florian: Add missing dp and ds variables declaration to fix build] Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 23:35:04 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS:
ret = dsa_port_bridge_flags(dp, attr->u.brport_flags, trans);
break;
net: dsa: add support for BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute This patch adds support for enabling or disabling the flooding of unknown multicast traffic on the CPU ports, depending on the value of the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute. The current behavior is kept unchanged but a user can now prevent the CPU conduit to be flooded with a lot of unregistered traffic that the network stack needs to filter in software with e.g.: echo 0 > /sys/class/net/br0/multicast_router Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-09 03:31:13 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER:
ret = dsa_port_mrouter(dp->cpu_dp, attr->u.mrouter, trans);
break;
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
default:
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return ret;
}
net: dsa: convert denying bridge VLAN with existing 8021q upper to PRECHANGEUPPER This is checking for the following order of operations, and makes sure to deny that configuration: ip link add link swp2 name swp2.100 type vlan id 100 ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 bridge vlan add dev swp2 vid 100 Instead of using vlan_for_each(), which looks at the VLAN filters installed with vlan_vid_add(), just track the 8021q uppers. This has the advantage of freeing up the vlan_vid_add() call for actual VLAN filtering. There is another change in this patch. The check is moved in slave.c, from switch.c. I don't think it makes sense to have this 8021q upper check for each switch port that gets notified of that VLAN addition (these include DSA links and CPU ports, we know those can't have 8021q uppers because they don't have a net_device registered for them), so just do it in slave.c, for that one slave interface. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:26 +00:00
/* Must be called under rcu_read_lock() */
static int
dsa_slave_vlan_check_for_8021q_uppers(struct net_device *slave,
const struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan)
{
struct net_device *upper_dev;
struct list_head *iter;
netdev_for_each_upper_dev_rcu(slave, upper_dev, iter) {
u16 vid;
if (!is_vlan_dev(upper_dev))
continue;
vid = vlan_dev_vlan_id(upper_dev);
if (vid >= vlan->vid_begin && vid <= vlan->vid_end)
return -EBUSY;
}
return 0;
}
net: dsa: add slave VLAN helpers Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in future patches. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:17 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_vlan_add(struct net_device *dev,
const struct switchdev_obj *obj,
struct switchdev_trans *trans)
{
net: dsa: install VLANs into the master's RX filter too Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN. However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc), and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we have a problem. Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case (for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O can work even with a VLAN filtering master. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:29 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: dsa: add slave VLAN helpers Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in future patches. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:17 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan vlan;
net: dsa: install VLANs into the master's RX filter too Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN. However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc), and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we have a problem. Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case (for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O can work even with a VLAN filtering master. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:29 +00:00
int vid, err;
net: dsa: add slave VLAN helpers Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in future patches. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:17 +00:00
if (obj->orig_dev != dev)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: provide an option for drivers to always receive bridge VLANs DSA assumes that a bridge which has vlan filtering disabled is not vlan aware, and ignores all vlan configuration. However, the kernel software bridge code allows configuration in this state. This causes the kernel's idea of the bridge vlan state and the hardware state to disagree, so "bridge vlan show" indicates a correct configuration but the hardware lacks all configuration. Even worse, enabling vlan filtering on a DSA bridge immediately blocks all traffic which, given the output of "bridge vlan show", is very confusing. Provide an option that drivers can set to indicate they want to receive vlan configuration even when vlan filtering is disabled. At the very least, this is safe for Marvell DSA bridges, which do not look up ingress traffic in the VTU if the port is in 8021Q disabled state. It is also safe for the Ocelot switch family. Whether this change is suitable for all DSA bridges is not known. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-12 17:20:25 +00:00
if (dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration(dp))
net: dsa: check bridge VLAN in slave operations The bridge VLANs are not offloaded by dsa_port_vlan_* if the port is not bridged or if its bridge is not VLAN aware. This is a good thing but other corners of DSA, such as the tag_8021q driver, may need to program VLANs regardless the bridge state. And also because bridge_dev is specific to user ports anyway, move these checks were it belongs, one layer up in the slave code. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:18 +00:00
return 0;
net: dsa: add slave VLAN helpers Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in future patches. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:17 +00:00
vlan = *SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj);
net: dsa: convert denying bridge VLAN with existing 8021q upper to PRECHANGEUPPER This is checking for the following order of operations, and makes sure to deny that configuration: ip link add link swp2 name swp2.100 type vlan id 100 ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 bridge vlan add dev swp2 vid 100 Instead of using vlan_for_each(), which looks at the VLAN filters installed with vlan_vid_add(), just track the 8021q uppers. This has the advantage of freeing up the vlan_vid_add() call for actual VLAN filtering. There is another change in this patch. The check is moved in slave.c, from switch.c. I don't think it makes sense to have this 8021q upper check for each switch port that gets notified of that VLAN addition (these include DSA links and CPU ports, we know those can't have 8021q uppers because they don't have a net_device registered for them), so just do it in slave.c, for that one slave interface. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:26 +00:00
/* Deny adding a bridge VLAN when there is already an 802.1Q upper with
* the same VID.
*/
net: dsa: allow 8021q uppers while the bridge has vlan_filtering=0 When the bridge has VLAN awareness disabled there isn't any duplication of functionality, since the bridge does not process VLAN. Don't deny adding 8021q uppers to DSA switch ports in that case. The switch is supposed to simply pass traffic leaving the VLAN tag as-is, and the stack will happily strip the VLAN tag for all 8021q uppers that exist. We need to ensure that there are no 8021q uppers when the user attempts to enable bridge vlan_filtering. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:28 +00:00
if (trans->ph_prepare && br_vlan_enabled(dp->bridge_dev)) {
net: dsa: convert denying bridge VLAN with existing 8021q upper to PRECHANGEUPPER This is checking for the following order of operations, and makes sure to deny that configuration: ip link add link swp2 name swp2.100 type vlan id 100 ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link set swp2 master br0 bridge vlan add dev swp2 vid 100 Instead of using vlan_for_each(), which looks at the VLAN filters installed with vlan_vid_add(), just track the 8021q uppers. This has the advantage of freeing up the vlan_vid_add() call for actual VLAN filtering. There is another change in this patch. The check is moved in slave.c, from switch.c. I don't think it makes sense to have this 8021q upper check for each switch port that gets notified of that VLAN addition (these include DSA links and CPU ports, we know those can't have 8021q uppers because they don't have a net_device registered for them), so just do it in slave.c, for that one slave interface. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:26 +00:00
rcu_read_lock();
err = dsa_slave_vlan_check_for_8021q_uppers(dev, &vlan);
rcu_read_unlock();
if (err)
return err;
}
net: dsa: add slave VLAN helpers Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in future patches. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:17 +00:00
err = dsa_port_vlan_add(dp, &vlan, trans);
if (err)
return err;
net: dsa: clear VLAN PVID flag for CPU port When the bridge offloads a VLAN on a slave port, we also need to program its dedicated CPU port as a member of the VLAN. Drivers may handle the CPU port's membership as they want. For example, Marvell as a special "Unmodified" mode to pass frames as is through such ports. Even though DSA expects the drivers to handle the CPU port membership, it does not make sense to program user VLANs as PVID on the CPU port. This patch clears this flag before programming the CPU port. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:20 +00:00
/* We need the dedicated CPU port to be a member of the VLAN as well.
* Even though drivers often handle CPU membership in special ways,
* it doesn't make sense to program a PVID, so clear this flag.
*/
vlan.flags &= ~BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID;
net: dsa: program VLAN on CPU port from slave DSA currently programs a VLAN on the CPU port implicitly after the related notifier is received by a switch. While we still need to do this transparent programmation of the DSA links in the fabric, programming the CPU port this way may cause problems in some corners such as the tag_8021q driver. Because the dedicated CPU port is specific to a slave, make their programmation explicit a few layers up, in the slave code. Note that technically, DSA links have a dedicated CPU port as well, but since they are only used as conduit between interconnected switches of a fabric, programming them transparently this way is what we want. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:19 +00:00
err = dsa_port_vlan_add(dp->cpu_dp, &vlan, trans);
if (err)
return err;
net: dsa: install VLANs into the master's RX filter too Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN. However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc), and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we have a problem. Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case (for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O can work even with a VLAN filtering master. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:29 +00:00
for (vid = vlan.vid_begin; vid <= vlan.vid_end; vid++) {
err = vlan_vid_add(master, htons(ETH_P_8021Q), vid);
if (err)
return err;
}
net: dsa: add slave VLAN helpers Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in future patches. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:17 +00:00
return 0;
}
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_port_obj_add(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:45 +00:00
const struct switchdev_obj *obj,
net: dsa: use switchdev handle helpers Get rid of the dsa_slave_switchdev_port_{attr_set,obj}_event functions in favor of the switchdev_handle_port_{attr_set,obj_add,obj_del} helpers which recurse into the lower devices of the target interface. This has the benefit of being aware of the operations made on the bridge device itself, where orig_dev is the bridge, and dev is the slave. This can be used later to configure the hardware switches. Only VLAN and (port) MDB objects not directly targeting the slave device are unsupported at the moment, so skip this case in their respective case statements. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-06-14 17:49:22 +00:00
struct switchdev_trans *trans,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
int err;
/* For the prepare phase, ensure the full set of changes is feasable in
* one go in order to signal a failure properly. If an operation is not
* supported, return -EOPNOTSUPP.
*/
switchdev: push object ID back to object structure Suggested-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:46 +00:00
switch (obj->id) {
net: dsa: add MDB support Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-31 15:50:03 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB:
net: dsa: use switchdev handle helpers Get rid of the dsa_slave_switchdev_port_{attr_set,obj}_event functions in favor of the switchdev_handle_port_{attr_set,obj_add,obj_del} helpers which recurse into the lower devices of the target interface. This has the benefit of being aware of the operations made on the bridge device itself, where orig_dev is the bridge, and dev is the slave. This can be used later to configure the hardware switches. Only VLAN and (port) MDB objects not directly targeting the slave device are unsupported at the moment, so skip this case in their respective case statements. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-06-14 17:49:22 +00:00
if (obj->orig_dev != dev)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: change scope of MDB handlers Change the scope of the switchdev MDB object handlers from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:40 +00:00
err = dsa_port_mdb_add(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj), trans);
net: dsa: add MDB support Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-31 15:50:03 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: slave: Handle switchdev host mdb add/del Add code to handle switchdev host mdb add/del. Since DSA uses one of the switch ports as a transport to the host, we just need to add an MDB on this port. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 22:11:00 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB:
/* DSA can directly translate this to a normal MDB add,
* but on the CPU port.
*/
err = dsa_port_mdb_add(dp->cpu_dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj),
trans);
break;
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_OBJ_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_* Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:41 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
net: dsa: add slave VLAN helpers Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in future patches. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:17 +00:00
err = dsa_slave_vlan_add(dev, obj, trans);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 16:52:17 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
default:
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return err;
}
net: dsa: add slave VLAN helpers Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in future patches. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:17 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_vlan_del(struct net_device *dev,
const struct switchdev_obj *obj)
{
net: dsa: install VLANs into the master's RX filter too Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN. However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc), and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we have a problem. Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case (for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O can work even with a VLAN filtering master. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:29 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: dsa: add slave VLAN helpers Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in future patches. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:17 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: install VLANs into the master's RX filter too Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN. However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc), and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we have a problem. Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case (for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O can work even with a VLAN filtering master. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:29 +00:00
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan;
int vid, err;
net: dsa: add slave VLAN helpers Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in future patches. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:17 +00:00
if (obj->orig_dev != dev)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: provide an option for drivers to always receive bridge VLANs DSA assumes that a bridge which has vlan filtering disabled is not vlan aware, and ignores all vlan configuration. However, the kernel software bridge code allows configuration in this state. This causes the kernel's idea of the bridge vlan state and the hardware state to disagree, so "bridge vlan show" indicates a correct configuration but the hardware lacks all configuration. Even worse, enabling vlan filtering on a DSA bridge immediately blocks all traffic which, given the output of "bridge vlan show", is very confusing. Provide an option that drivers can set to indicate they want to receive vlan configuration even when vlan filtering is disabled. At the very least, this is safe for Marvell DSA bridges, which do not look up ingress traffic in the VTU if the port is in 8021Q disabled state. It is also safe for the Ocelot switch family. Whether this change is suitable for all DSA bridges is not known. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-12 17:20:25 +00:00
if (dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration(dp))
net: dsa: check bridge VLAN in slave operations The bridge VLANs are not offloaded by dsa_port_vlan_* if the port is not bridged or if its bridge is not VLAN aware. This is a good thing but other corners of DSA, such as the tag_8021q driver, may need to program VLANs regardless the bridge state. And also because bridge_dev is specific to user ports anyway, move these checks were it belongs, one layer up in the slave code. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:18 +00:00
return 0;
net: dsa: install VLANs into the master's RX filter too Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN. However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc), and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we have a problem. Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case (for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O can work even with a VLAN filtering master. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:29 +00:00
vlan = SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj);
net: dsa: program VLAN on CPU port from slave DSA currently programs a VLAN on the CPU port implicitly after the related notifier is received by a switch. While we still need to do this transparent programmation of the DSA links in the fabric, programming the CPU port this way may cause problems in some corners such as the tag_8021q driver. Because the dedicated CPU port is specific to a slave, make their programmation explicit a few layers up, in the slave code. Note that technically, DSA links have a dedicated CPU port as well, but since they are only used as conduit between interconnected switches of a fabric, programming them transparently this way is what we want. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:19 +00:00
/* Do not deprogram the CPU port as it may be shared with other user
* ports which can be members of this VLAN as well.
*/
net: dsa: install VLANs into the master's RX filter too Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN. However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc), and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we have a problem. Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case (for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O can work even with a VLAN filtering master. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:29 +00:00
err = dsa_port_vlan_del(dp, vlan);
if (err)
return err;
for (vid = vlan->vid_begin; vid <= vlan->vid_end; vid++)
vlan_vid_del(master, htons(ETH_P_8021Q), vid);
return 0;
net: dsa: add slave VLAN helpers Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in future patches. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:17 +00:00
}
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_port_obj_del(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:45 +00:00
const struct switchdev_obj *obj)
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
int err;
switchdev: push object ID back to object structure Suggested-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:46 +00:00
switch (obj->id) {
net: dsa: add MDB support Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-31 15:50:03 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB:
net: dsa: use switchdev handle helpers Get rid of the dsa_slave_switchdev_port_{attr_set,obj}_event functions in favor of the switchdev_handle_port_{attr_set,obj_add,obj_del} helpers which recurse into the lower devices of the target interface. This has the benefit of being aware of the operations made on the bridge device itself, where orig_dev is the bridge, and dev is the slave. This can be used later to configure the hardware switches. Only VLAN and (port) MDB objects not directly targeting the slave device are unsupported at the moment, so skip this case in their respective case statements. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-06-14 17:49:22 +00:00
if (obj->orig_dev != dev)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: change scope of MDB handlers Change the scope of the switchdev MDB object handlers from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:40 +00:00
err = dsa_port_mdb_del(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj));
net: dsa: add MDB support Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-31 15:50:03 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: slave: Handle switchdev host mdb add/del Add code to handle switchdev host mdb add/del. Since DSA uses one of the switch ports as a transport to the host, we just need to add an MDB on this port. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 22:11:00 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB:
/* DSA can directly translate this to a normal MDB add,
* but on the CPU port.
*/
err = dsa_port_mdb_del(dp->cpu_dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj));
break;
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_OBJ_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_* Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:41 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
net: dsa: add slave VLAN helpers Add dsa_slave_vlan_add and dsa_slave_vlan_del helpers to handle SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN switchdev objects. Also copy the switchdev_obj_port_vlan structure on add since we will modify it in future patches. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:17 +00:00
err = dsa_slave_vlan_del(dev, obj);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 16:52:17 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
default:
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return err;
}
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_port_parent_id() DSA implements SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID and we want to get rid of switchdev_ops eventually, ease that migration by implementing a ndo_get_port_parent_id() function which returns what switchdev_port_attr_get() would do. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-06 17:45:45 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_port_parent_id(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_phys_item_id *ppid)
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID is used by the software bridge when determining which ports to flood a packet out. If the packet originated from a switch, it assumes the switch has already flooded the packet out the switches ports, so the bridge should not flood the packet itself out switch ports. Ports on the same switch are expected to return the same parent ID when SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID is called. DSA gets this wrong with clusters of switches. As far as the software bridge is concerned, the cluster is all one switch. A packet from any switch in the cluster can be assumed to have been flooded as needed out of all ports of the cluster, not just the switch it originated from. Hence all ports of a cluster should return the same parent. The old implementation did not, each switch in the cluster had its own ID. Also wrong was that the ID was not unique if multiple DSA instances are in operation. Use the tree ID as the parent ID, which is the same for all switches in a cluster and unique across switch clusters. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 21:29:51 +00:00
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst = ds->dst;
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
dsa: pass switch ID through devlink_port_attrs_set() Pass the switch ID down the to devlink through devlink_port_attrs_set() so it can be used by devlink_compat_switch_id_get(). Leave ndo_get_port_parent_id implementation only for legacy. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-03 12:24:26 +00:00
/* For non-legacy ports, devlink is used and it takes
* care of the name generation. This ndo implementation
* should be removed with legacy support.
*/
if (dp->ds->devlink)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_port_parent_id() DSA implements SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID and we want to get rid of switchdev_ops eventually, ease that migration by implementing a ndo_get_port_parent_id() function which returns what switchdev_port_attr_get() would do. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-06 17:45:45 +00:00
ppid->id_len = sizeof(dst->index);
memcpy(&ppid->id, &dst->index, ppid->id_len);
return 0;
}
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
static inline netdev_tx_t dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb(struct net_device *dev,
struct sk_buff *skb)
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
{
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
netpoll: accept NULL np argument in netpoll_send_skb() netpoll_send_skb() callers seem to leak skb if the np pointer is NULL. While this should not happen, we can make the code more robust. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-07 16:32:21 +00:00
return netpoll_send_skb(p->netpoll, skb);
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
#else
BUG();
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
netpoll: accept NULL np argument in netpoll_send_skb() netpoll_send_skb() callers seem to leak skb if the np pointer is NULL. While this should not happen, we can make the code more robust. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-07 16:32:21 +00:00
#endif
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
}
net: dsa: forward timestamping callbacks to switch drivers Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the switch driver. On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp. This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp. On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior of skb_tx_timestamp. Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone in the same central function by Richard Cochran Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 00:07:49 +00:00
static void dsa_skb_tx_timestamp(struct dsa_slave_priv *p,
struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
struct sk_buff *clone;
unsigned int type;
type = ptp_classify_raw(skb);
if (type == PTP_CLASS_NONE)
return;
if (!ds->ops->port_txtstamp)
return;
clone = skb_clone_sk(skb);
if (!clone)
return;
net: dsa: avoid potential use-after-free error If dsa_switch_ops::port_txtstamp() returns false, clone will be freed immediately. Shouldn't store a pointer to freed memory. Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201119110906.25558-1-ceggers@arri.de Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-19 11:09:06 +00:00
if (ds->ops->port_txtstamp(ds, p->dp->index, clone, type)) {
DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->clone = clone;
net: dsa: forward timestamping callbacks to switch drivers Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the switch driver. On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp. This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp. On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior of skb_tx_timestamp. Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone in the same central function by Richard Cochran Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 00:07:49 +00:00
return;
net: dsa: avoid potential use-after-free error If dsa_switch_ops::port_txtstamp() returns false, clone will be freed immediately. Shouldn't store a pointer to freed memory. Signed-off-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201119110906.25558-1-ceggers@arri.de Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-19 11:09:06 +00:00
}
net: dsa: forward timestamping callbacks to switch drivers Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the switch driver. On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp. This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp. On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior of skb_tx_timestamp. Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone in the same central function by Richard Cochran Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 00:07:49 +00:00
kfree_skb(clone);
}
net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic, this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred transmission. The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the tagger. The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping. To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value. But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-05 10:19:25 +00:00
netdev_tx_t dsa_enqueue_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
/* SKB for netpoll still need to be mangled with the protocol-specific
* tag to be successfully transmitted
*/
if (unlikely(netpoll_tx_running(dev)))
return dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb(dev, skb);
/* Queue the SKB for transmission on the parent interface, but
* do not modify its EtherType
*/
skb->dev = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
dev_queue_xmit(skb);
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(dsa_enqueue_skb);
net: dsa: implement a central TX reallocation procedure At the moment, taggers are left with the task of ensuring that the skb headers are writable (which they aren't, if the frames were cloned for TX timestamping, for flooding by the bridge, etc), and that there is enough space in the skb data area for the DSA tag to be pushed. Moreover, the life of tail taggers is even harder, because they need to ensure that short frames have enough padding, a problem that normal taggers don't have. The principle of the DSA framework is that everything except for the most intimate hardware specifics (like in this case, the actual packing of the DSA tag bits) should be done inside the core, to avoid having code paths that are very rarely tested. So provide a TX reallocation procedure that should cover the known needs of DSA today. Note that this patch also gives the network stack a good hint about the headroom/tailroom it's going to need. Up till now it wasn't doing that. So the reallocation procedure should really be there only for the exceptional cases, and for cloned packets which need to be unshared. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Tested-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de> # For tail taggers only Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-01 19:16:09 +00:00
static int dsa_realloc_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
int needed_headroom = dev->needed_headroom;
int needed_tailroom = dev->needed_tailroom;
/* For tail taggers, we need to pad short frames ourselves, to ensure
* that the tail tag does not fail at its role of being at the end of
* the packet, once the master interface pads the frame. Account for
* that pad length here, and pad later.
*/
if (unlikely(needed_tailroom && skb->len < ETH_ZLEN))
needed_tailroom += ETH_ZLEN - skb->len;
/* skb_headroom() returns unsigned int... */
needed_headroom = max_t(int, needed_headroom - skb_headroom(skb), 0);
needed_tailroom = max_t(int, needed_tailroom - skb_tailroom(skb), 0);
if (likely(!needed_headroom && !needed_tailroom && !skb_cloned(skb)))
/* No reallocation needed, yay! */
return 0;
return pskb_expand_head(skb, needed_headroom, needed_tailroom,
GFP_ATOMIC);
}
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
static netdev_tx_t dsa_slave_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:56 +00:00
struct sk_buff *nskb;
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
net: dsa: use net core stats64 handling Use netdev->tstats instead of a member of dsa_slave_priv for storing a pointer to the per-cpu counters. This allows us to use core functionality for statistics handling. Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-07 20:49:46 +00:00
dev_sw_netstats_tx_add(dev, 1, skb->len);
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
net: dsa: Keep a pointer to the skb clone for TX timestamping For drivers that use deferred_xmit for PTP frames (such as sja1105), there is no need to perform matching between PTP frames and their egress timestamps, since the sending process can be serialized. In that case, it makes sense to have the pointer to the skb clone that DSA made directly in the skb->cb. It will be used for pushing the egress timestamp back in the application socket's error queue. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-06-08 12:04:27 +00:00
DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->clone = NULL;
net: dsa: Initialize DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->deferred_xmit variable The sk_buff control block can have any contents on xmit put there by the stack, so initialization is mandatory, since we are checking its value after the actual DSA xmit (the tagger may have changed it). The DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro could have been used for this purpose, but: - Zeroizing a 48-byte memory region in the hotpath is best avoided. - It would have triggered a warning with newer compilers since __dsa_skb_cb contains a structure within a structure, and the {0} initializer was incorrect for that purpose. So simply remove the DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro and initialize the deferred_xmit variable by hand (which should be done for all further dsa_skb_cb variables which need initialization - currently none - to avoid the performance penalty). Fixes: 97a69a0dea9a ("net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-11 20:14:45 +00:00
net: dsa: forward timestamping callbacks to switch drivers Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the switch driver. On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp. This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp. On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior of skb_tx_timestamp. Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone in the same central function by Richard Cochran Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 00:07:49 +00:00
/* Identify PTP protocol packets, clone them, and pass them to the
* switch driver
*/
dsa_skb_tx_timestamp(p, skb);
net: dsa: implement a central TX reallocation procedure At the moment, taggers are left with the task of ensuring that the skb headers are writable (which they aren't, if the frames were cloned for TX timestamping, for flooding by the bridge, etc), and that there is enough space in the skb data area for the DSA tag to be pushed. Moreover, the life of tail taggers is even harder, because they need to ensure that short frames have enough padding, a problem that normal taggers don't have. The principle of the DSA framework is that everything except for the most intimate hardware specifics (like in this case, the actual packing of the DSA tag bits) should be done inside the core, to avoid having code paths that are very rarely tested. So provide a TX reallocation procedure that should cover the known needs of DSA today. Note that this patch also gives the network stack a good hint about the headroom/tailroom it's going to need. Up till now it wasn't doing that. So the reallocation procedure should really be there only for the exceptional cases, and for cloned packets which need to be unshared. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Tested-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de> # For tail taggers only Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-01 19:16:09 +00:00
if (dsa_realloc_skb(skb, dev)) {
dev_kfree_skb_any(skb);
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
}
/* needed_tailroom should still be 'warm' in the cache line from
* dsa_realloc_skb(), which has also ensured that padding is safe.
*/
if (dev->needed_tailroom)
eth_skb_pad(skb);
net: dsa: factor skb freeing on xmit As of a86d8becc3f0 ("net: dsa: Factor bottom tag receive functions"), the rcv caller frees the original SKB in case or error. Be symmetric with that and make the xmit caller do the same. At the same time, fix the checkpatch NULL comparison check: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!nskb" #208: FILE: net/dsa/tag_trailer.c:35: + if (nskb == NULL) Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-01 20:07:15 +00:00
/* Transmit function may have to reallocate the original SKB,
* in which case it must have freed it. Only free it here on error.
*/
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:56 +00:00
nskb = p->xmit(skb, dev);
net: dsa: factor skb freeing on xmit As of a86d8becc3f0 ("net: dsa: Factor bottom tag receive functions"), the rcv caller frees the original SKB in case or error. Be symmetric with that and make the xmit caller do the same. At the same time, fix the checkpatch NULL comparison check: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!nskb" #208: FILE: net/dsa/tag_trailer.c:35: + if (nskb == NULL) Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-01 20:07:15 +00:00
if (!nskb) {
net: dsa: Make deferred_xmit private to sja1105 There are 3 things that are wrong with the DSA deferred xmit mechanism: 1. Its introduction has made the DSA hotpath ever so slightly more inefficient for everybody, since DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->deferred_xmit needs to be initialized to false for every transmitted frame, in order to figure out whether the driver requested deferral or not (a very rare occasion, rare even for the only driver that does use this mechanism: sja1105). That was necessary to avoid kfree_skb from freeing the skb. 2. Because L2 PTP is a link-local protocol like STP, it requires management routes and deferred xmit with this switch. But as opposed to STP, the deferred work mechanism needs to schedule the packet rather quickly for the TX timstamp to be collected in time and sent to user space. But there is no provision for controlling the scheduling priority of this deferred xmit workqueue. Too bad this is a rather specific requirement for a feature that nobody else uses (more below). 3. Perhaps most importantly, it makes the DSA core adhere a bit too much to the NXP company-wide policy "Innovate Where It Doesn't Matter". The sja1105 is probably the only DSA switch that requires some frames sent from the CPU to be routed to the slave port via an out-of-band configuration (register write) rather than in-band (DSA tag). And there are indeed very good reasons to not want to do that: if that out-of-band register is at the other end of a slow bus such as SPI, then you limit that Ethernet flow's throughput to effectively the throughput of the SPI bus. So hardware vendors should definitely not be encouraged to design this way. We do _not_ want more widespread use of this mechanism. Luckily we have a solution for each of the 3 issues: For 1, we can just remove that variable in the skb->cb and counteract the effect of kfree_skb with skb_get, much to the same effect. The advantage, of course, being that anybody who doesn't use deferred xmit doesn't need to do any extra operation in the hotpath. For 2, we can create a kernel thread for each port's deferred xmit work. If the user switch ports are named swp0, swp1, swp2, the kernel threads will be named swp0_xmit, swp1_xmit, swp2_xmit (there appears to be a 15 character length limit on kernel thread names). With this, the user can change the scheduling priority with chrt $(pidof swp2_xmit). For 3, we can actually move the entire implementation to the sja1105 driver. So this patch deletes the generic implementation from the DSA core and adds a new one, more adequate to the requirements of PTP TX timestamping, in sja1105_main.c. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-04 00:37:10 +00:00
kfree_skb(skb);
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:56 +00:00
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
net: dsa: factor skb freeing on xmit As of a86d8becc3f0 ("net: dsa: Factor bottom tag receive functions"), the rcv caller frees the original SKB in case or error. Be symmetric with that and make the xmit caller do the same. At the same time, fix the checkpatch NULL comparison check: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!nskb" #208: FILE: net/dsa/tag_trailer.c:35: + if (nskb == NULL) Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-01 20:07:15 +00:00
}
net: dsa: allow switches to work without tagging In case switch port tagging is disabled (voluntarily, or the switch just does not support it), allow us to continue using the defined set of dsa_device_ops in net/dsa/slave.c. We introduce dsa_protocol_is_tagged() to check whether we need to override skb->protocol and go through the DSA-specifif packet_type function, or if we just go on and receive the SKB through the normal path. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:52 +00:00
net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic, this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred transmission. The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the tagger. The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping. To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value. But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-05 10:19:25 +00:00
return dsa_enqueue_skb(nskb, dev);
}
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
/* ethtool operations *******************************************************/
static void dsa_slave_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_drvinfo *drvinfo)
{
ethtool: fix drvinfo strings set in drivers Use strlcpy where possible to ensure the string is \0 terminated. Use always sizeof(string) instead of 32, ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN and custom defines. Use snprintf instead of sprint. Remove unnecessary inits of ->fw_version Remove unnecessary inits of drvinfo struct. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-06 00:44:26 +00:00
strlcpy(drvinfo->driver, "dsa", sizeof(drvinfo->driver));
strlcpy(drvinfo->fw_version, "N/A", sizeof(drvinfo->fw_version));
strlcpy(drvinfo->bus_info, "platform", sizeof(drvinfo->bus_info));
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_regs_len(struct net_device *dev)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_regs_len)
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
return ds->ops->get_regs_len(ds, dp->index);
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static void
dsa_slave_get_regs(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_regs *regs, void *_p)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_regs)
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ds->ops->get_regs(ds, dp->index, regs, _p);
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
}
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_nway_reset(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return phylink_ethtool_nway_reset(dp->pl);
}
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_eeprom_len(struct net_device *dev)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
net: dsa: slave: chip data is optional, don't dereference NULL The new binding does not make use of dsa_chip_data, a.k.a cd. When retrieving the size of the EEPROM attached to a switch, don't assume there is a cd attached to the switch structure. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 19:16:52 +00:00
if (ds->cd && ds->cd->eeprom_len)
dsa: Rename switch chip data to cd The dsa_switch structure contains a dsa_chip_data member called pd. However in the rest of the code, pd is used for dsa_platform_data. This is confusing. Rename it cd, which is already often used in dsa.c and slave.c for this data type. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-10 21:27:24 +00:00
return ds->cd->eeprom_len;
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_eeprom_len)
return ds->ops->get_eeprom_len(ds);
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
return 0;
}
static int dsa_slave_get_eeprom(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_eeprom *eeprom, u8 *data)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_eeprom)
return ds->ops->get_eeprom(ds, eeprom, data);
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static int dsa_slave_set_eeprom(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_eeprom *eeprom, u8 *data)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->set_eeprom)
return ds->ops->set_eeprom(ds, eeprom, data);
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_get_strings(struct net_device *dev,
uint32_t stringset, uint8_t *data)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
if (stringset == ETH_SS_STATS) {
int len = ETH_GSTRING_LEN;
strncpy(data, "tx_packets", len);
strncpy(data + len, "tx_bytes", len);
strncpy(data + 2 * len, "rx_packets", len);
strncpy(data + 3 * len, "rx_bytes", len);
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_strings)
net: dsa: Pass stringset to ethtool operations Up until now we largely assumed that we were interested in ETH_SS_STATS type of strings for all ethtool operations, this is about to change with the introduction of additional string sets, e.g: ETH_SS_PHY_STATS. Update all functions to take an appropriate stringset argument and act on it when it is different than ETH_SS_STATS for now. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-25 19:12:50 +00:00
ds->ops->get_strings(ds, dp->index, stringset,
data + 4 * len);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
}
static void dsa_slave_get_ethtool_stats(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_stats *stats,
uint64_t *data)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
struct pcpu_sw_netstats *s;
net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 22:00:36 +00:00
unsigned int start;
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
int i;
for_each_possible_cpu(i) {
u64 tx_packets, tx_bytes, rx_packets, rx_bytes;
net: dsa: use net core stats64 handling Use netdev->tstats instead of a member of dsa_slave_priv for storing a pointer to the per-cpu counters. This allows us to use core functionality for statistics handling. Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-07 20:49:46 +00:00
s = per_cpu_ptr(dev->tstats, i);
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
do {
start = u64_stats_fetch_begin_irq(&s->syncp);
tx_packets = s->tx_packets;
tx_bytes = s->tx_bytes;
rx_packets = s->rx_packets;
rx_bytes = s->rx_bytes;
} while (u64_stats_fetch_retry_irq(&s->syncp, start));
data[0] += tx_packets;
data[1] += tx_bytes;
data[2] += rx_packets;
data[3] += rx_bytes;
}
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats)
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats(ds, dp->index, data + 4);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_get_sset_count(struct net_device *dev, int sset)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
if (sset == ETH_SS_STATS) {
int count;
count = 4;
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_sset_count)
net: dsa: Pass stringset to ethtool operations Up until now we largely assumed that we were interested in ETH_SS_STATS type of strings for all ethtool operations, this is about to change with the introduction of additional string sets, e.g: ETH_SS_PHY_STATS. Update all functions to take an appropriate stringset argument and act on it when it is different than ETH_SS_STATS for now. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-25 19:12:50 +00:00
count += ds->ops->get_sset_count(ds, dp->index, sset);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return count;
}
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_get_wol(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_wolinfo *w)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
phylink_ethtool_get_wol(dp->pl, w);
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_wol)
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ds->ops->get_wol(ds, dp->index, w);
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_set_wol(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_wolinfo *w)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
phylink_ethtool_set_wol(dp->pl, w);
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->set_wol)
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ret = ds->ops->set_wol(ds, dp->index, w);
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
return ret;
}
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_set_eee(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_eee *e)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
int ret;
net: dsa: PHY device is mandatory for EEE The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:31 +00:00
/* Port's PHY and MAC both need to be EEE capable */
net: dsa: Fix NULL checking in dsa_slave_set_eee() This function can't succeed if dp->pl is NULL. It will Oops inside the call to return phylink_ethtool_get_eee(dp->pl, e); Fixes: 1be52e97ed3e ("dsa: slave: eee: Allow ports to use phylink") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-06 15:35:15 +00:00
if (!dev->phydev || !dp->pl)
net: dsa: PHY device is mandatory for EEE The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:31 +00:00
return -ENODEV;
net: dsa: rename switch EEE ops To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and .get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:41 +00:00
if (!ds->ops->set_mac_eee)
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ret = ds->ops->set_mac_eee(ds, dp->index, e);
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
if (ret)
return ret;
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
return phylink_ethtool_set_eee(dp->pl, e);
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_get_eee(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_eee *e)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
int ret;
net: dsa: PHY device is mandatory for EEE The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:31 +00:00
/* Port's PHY and MAC both need to be EEE capable */
net: dsa: Fix NULL checking in dsa_slave_set_eee() This function can't succeed if dp->pl is NULL. It will Oops inside the call to return phylink_ethtool_get_eee(dp->pl, e); Fixes: 1be52e97ed3e ("dsa: slave: eee: Allow ports to use phylink") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-06 15:35:15 +00:00
if (!dev->phydev || !dp->pl)
net: dsa: PHY device is mandatory for EEE The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:31 +00:00
return -ENODEV;
net: dsa: rename switch EEE ops To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and .get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:41 +00:00
if (!ds->ops->get_mac_eee)
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ret = ds->ops->get_mac_eee(ds, dp->index, e);
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
if (ret)
return ret;
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
return phylink_ethtool_get_eee(dp->pl, e);
}
static int dsa_slave_get_link_ksettings(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_link_ksettings *cmd)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return phylink_ethtool_ksettings_get(dp->pl, cmd);
}
static int dsa_slave_set_link_ksettings(struct net_device *dev,
const struct ethtool_link_ksettings *cmd)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return phylink_ethtool_ksettings_set(dp->pl, cmd);
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
}
net: dsa: add ethtool pause configuration support This patch adds glue logic to make pause settings per port configurable vie ethtool. Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 21:32:48 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_get_pauseparam(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_pauseparam *pause)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
phylink_ethtool_get_pauseparam(dp->pl, pause);
}
static int dsa_slave_set_pauseparam(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_pauseparam *pause)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return phylink_ethtool_set_pauseparam(dp->pl, pause);
}
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
static int dsa_slave_netpoll_setup(struct net_device *dev,
struct netpoll_info *ni)
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct netpoll *netpoll;
int err = 0;
netpoll = kzalloc(sizeof(*netpoll), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!netpoll)
return -ENOMEM;
err = __netpoll_setup(netpoll, master);
if (err) {
kfree(netpoll);
goto out;
}
p->netpoll = netpoll;
out:
return err;
}
static void dsa_slave_netpoll_cleanup(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct netpoll *netpoll = p->netpoll;
if (!netpoll)
return;
p->netpoll = NULL;
netpoll: allow cleanup to be synchronous This fixes a problem introduced by: commit 2cde6acd49da ("netpoll: Fix __netpoll_rcu_free so that it can hold the rtnl lock") When using netconsole on a bond, __netpoll_cleanup can asynchronously recurse multiple times, each __netpoll_free_async call can result in more __netpoll_free_async's. This means there is now a race between cleanup_work queues on multiple netpoll_info's on multiple devices and the configuration of a new netpoll. For example if a netconsole is set to enable 0, reconfigured, and enable 1 immediately, this netconsole will likely not work. Given the reason for __netpoll_free_async is it can be called when rtnl is not locked, if it is locked, we should be able to execute synchronously. It appears to be locked everywhere it's called from. Generalize the design pattern from the teaming driver for current callers of __netpoll_free_async. CC: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-18 15:18:26 +00:00
__netpoll_free(netpoll);
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
}
static void dsa_slave_poll_controller(struct net_device *dev)
{
}
#endif
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_name() Return the physical port number of a DSA created network device using ndo_get_phys_port_name(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-10 20:32:36 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_phys_port_name(struct net_device *dev,
char *name, size_t len)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_name() Return the physical port number of a DSA created network device using ndo_get_phys_port_name(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-10 20:32:36 +00:00
dsa: do not support ndo_get_phys_port_name for non-legacy ports Since each non-legacy slave has its own devlink port instance correctly set, rely on devlink core to generate correct phys port name. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 12:56:44 +00:00
/* For non-legacy ports, devlink is used and it takes
* care of the name generation. This ndo implementation
* should be removed with legacy support.
*/
if (dp->ds->devlink)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
if (snprintf(name, len, "p%d", dp->index) >= len)
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_name() Return the physical port number of a DSA created network device using ndo_get_phys_port_name(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-10 20:32:36 +00:00
return -EINVAL;
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_id Implement ndo_get_phys_port_id() by returning the physical port number of the switch this per-port DSA created network interface corresponds to. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-12-29 22:20:56 +00:00
return 0;
}
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
static struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
dsa_slave_mall_tc_entry_find(struct net_device *dev, unsigned long cookie)
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
{
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
list_for_each_entry(mall_tc_entry, &p->mall_tc_list, list)
if (mall_tc_entry->cookie == cookie)
return mall_tc_entry;
return NULL;
}
net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:58 +00:00
static int
dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall_mirred(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:58 +00:00
struct dsa_mall_mirror_tc_entry *mirror;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net/dsa: use intermediate representation for matchall offload Updates dsa hardware switch handling infrastructure to use the newer intermediate representation for flow actions in matchall offloads. Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-04 11:46:19 +00:00
struct flow_action_entry *act;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *to_dp;
net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:58 +00:00
int err;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
if (!ds->ops->port_mirror_add)
net: dsa: add port policers The approach taken to pass the port policer methods on to drivers is pragmatic. It is similar to the port mirroring implementation (in that the DSA core does all of the filter block interaction and only passes simple operations for the driver to implement) and dissimilar to how flow-based policers are going to be implemented (where the driver has full control over the flow_cls_offload data structure). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:59 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
net: rename flow_action_hw_stats_types* -> flow_action_hw_stats* flow_action_hw_stats_types_check() helper takes one of the FLOW_ACTION_HW_STATS_*_BIT values as input. If we align the arguments to the opening bracket of the helper there is no way to call this helper and stay under 80 characters. Remove the "types" part from the new flow_action helpers and enum values. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-17 01:42:11 +00:00
if (!flow_action_basic_hw_stats_check(&cls->rule->action,
cls->common.extack))
net: dsa: add port policers The approach taken to pass the port policer methods on to drivers is pragmatic. It is similar to the port mirroring implementation (in that the DSA core does all of the filter block interaction and only passes simple operations for the driver to implement) and dissimilar to how flow-based policers are going to be implemented (where the driver has full control over the flow_cls_offload data structure). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:59 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
flow_offload: check for basic action hw stats type Introduce flow_action_basic_hw_stats_types_check() helper and use it in drivers. That sanitizes the drivers which do not have support for action HW stats types. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-07 11:40:13 +00:00
net/dsa: use intermediate representation for matchall offload Updates dsa hardware switch handling infrastructure to use the newer intermediate representation for flow actions in matchall offloads. Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-04 11:46:19 +00:00
act = &cls->rule->action.entries[0];
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
net: dsa: remove duplicate assignment in dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall_mirred This was caused by a poor merge conflict resolution on my side. The "act = &cls->rule->action.entries[0];" assignment was already present in the code prior to the patch mentioned below. Fixes: e13c2075280e ("net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-04 19:58:56 +00:00
if (!act->dev)
return -EINVAL;
net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:58 +00:00
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(act->dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:58 +00:00
mall_tc_entry = kzalloc(sizeof(*mall_tc_entry), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!mall_tc_entry)
return -ENOMEM;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:58 +00:00
mall_tc_entry->cookie = cls->cookie;
mall_tc_entry->type = DSA_PORT_MALL_MIRROR;
mirror = &mall_tc_entry->mirror;
to_dp = dsa_slave_to_port(act->dev);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:58 +00:00
mirror->to_local_port = to_dp->index;
mirror->ingress = ingress;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:58 +00:00
err = ds->ops->port_mirror_add(ds, dp->index, mirror, ingress);
if (err) {
kfree(mall_tc_entry);
return err;
}
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:58 +00:00
list_add_tail(&mall_tc_entry->list, &p->mall_tc_list);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:58 +00:00
return err;
}
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
net: dsa: add port policers The approach taken to pass the port policer methods on to drivers is pragmatic. It is similar to the port mirroring implementation (in that the DSA core does all of the filter block interaction and only passes simple operations for the driver to implement) and dissimilar to how flow-based policers are going to be implemented (where the driver has full control over the flow_cls_offload data structure). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:59 +00:00
static int
dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall_police(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack = cls->common.extack;
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_mall_policer_tc_entry *policer;
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
struct flow_action_entry *act;
int err;
if (!ds->ops->port_policer_add) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
net: remove newlines in NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD The NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD macro is used to report a string describing an error message to userspace via the netlink extended ACK structure. It should not have a trailing newline. Add a cocci script which catches cases where the newline marker is present. Using this script, fix the handful of cases which accidentally included a trailing new line. I couldn't figure out a way to get a patch mode working, so this script only implements context, report, and org. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@canonical.com> Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-07 00:58:27 +00:00
"Policing offload not implemented");
net: dsa: add port policers The approach taken to pass the port policer methods on to drivers is pragmatic. It is similar to the port mirroring implementation (in that the DSA core does all of the filter block interaction and only passes simple operations for the driver to implement) and dissimilar to how flow-based policers are going to be implemented (where the driver has full control over the flow_cls_offload data structure). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:59 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
if (!ingress) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
net: remove newlines in NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD The NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD macro is used to report a string describing an error message to userspace via the netlink extended ACK structure. It should not have a trailing newline. Add a cocci script which catches cases where the newline marker is present. Using this script, fix the handful of cases which accidentally included a trailing new line. I couldn't figure out a way to get a patch mode working, so this script only implements context, report, and org. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@canonical.com> Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-07 00:58:27 +00:00
"Only supported on ingress qdisc");
net: dsa: add port policers The approach taken to pass the port policer methods on to drivers is pragmatic. It is similar to the port mirroring implementation (in that the DSA core does all of the filter block interaction and only passes simple operations for the driver to implement) and dissimilar to how flow-based policers are going to be implemented (where the driver has full control over the flow_cls_offload data structure). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:59 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
if (!flow_action_basic_hw_stats_check(&cls->rule->action,
cls->common.extack))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
list_for_each_entry(mall_tc_entry, &p->mall_tc_list, list) {
if (mall_tc_entry->type == DSA_PORT_MALL_POLICER) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
net: remove newlines in NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD The NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD macro is used to report a string describing an error message to userspace via the netlink extended ACK structure. It should not have a trailing newline. Add a cocci script which catches cases where the newline marker is present. Using this script, fix the handful of cases which accidentally included a trailing new line. I couldn't figure out a way to get a patch mode working, so this script only implements context, report, and org. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Andy Whitcroft <apw@canonical.com> Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-07 00:58:27 +00:00
"Only one port policer allowed");
net: dsa: add port policers The approach taken to pass the port policer methods on to drivers is pragmatic. It is similar to the port mirroring implementation (in that the DSA core does all of the filter block interaction and only passes simple operations for the driver to implement) and dissimilar to how flow-based policers are going to be implemented (where the driver has full control over the flow_cls_offload data structure). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:59 +00:00
return -EEXIST;
}
}
act = &cls->rule->action.entries[0];
mall_tc_entry = kzalloc(sizeof(*mall_tc_entry), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!mall_tc_entry)
return -ENOMEM;
mall_tc_entry->cookie = cls->cookie;
mall_tc_entry->type = DSA_PORT_MALL_POLICER;
policer = &mall_tc_entry->policer;
policer->rate_bytes_per_sec = act->police.rate_bytes_ps;
policer->burst = act->police.burst;
err = ds->ops->port_policer_add(ds, dp->index, policer);
if (err) {
kfree(mall_tc_entry);
return err;
}
list_add_tail(&mall_tc_entry->list, &p->mall_tc_list);
return err;
}
net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:58 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
int err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:58 +00:00
if (cls->common.protocol == htons(ETH_P_ALL) &&
flow_offload_has_one_action(&cls->rule->action) &&
cls->rule->action.entries[0].id == FLOW_ACTION_MIRRED)
err = dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall_mirred(dev, cls, ingress);
net: dsa: add port policers The approach taken to pass the port policer methods on to drivers is pragmatic. It is similar to the port mirroring implementation (in that the DSA core does all of the filter block interaction and only passes simple operations for the driver to implement) and dissimilar to how flow-based policers are going to be implemented (where the driver has full control over the flow_cls_offload data structure). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:59 +00:00
else if (flow_offload_has_one_action(&cls->rule->action) &&
cls->rule->action.entries[0].id == FLOW_ACTION_POLICE)
err = dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall_police(dev, cls, ingress);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
net: dsa: refactor matchall mirred action to separate function Make room for other actions for the matchall filter by keeping the mirred argument parsing self-contained in its own function. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:58 +00:00
return err;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
}
static void dsa_slave_del_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
mall_tc_entry = dsa_slave_mall_tc_entry_find(dev, cls->cookie);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
if (!mall_tc_entry)
return;
list_del(&mall_tc_entry->list);
switch (mall_tc_entry->type) {
case DSA_PORT_MALL_MIRROR:
net: dsa: add port policers The approach taken to pass the port policer methods on to drivers is pragmatic. It is similar to the port mirroring implementation (in that the DSA core does all of the filter block interaction and only passes simple operations for the driver to implement) and dissimilar to how flow-based policers are going to be implemented (where the driver has full control over the flow_cls_offload data structure). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-29 11:51:59 +00:00
if (ds->ops->port_mirror_del)
ds->ops->port_mirror_del(ds, dp->index,
&mall_tc_entry->mirror);
break;
case DSA_PORT_MALL_POLICER:
if (ds->ops->port_policer_del)
ds->ops->port_policer_del(ds, dp->index);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
break;
default:
WARN_ON(1);
}
kfree(mall_tc_entry);
}
dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:26 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
{
net: sched: push cls related args into cls_common structure As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:29 +00:00
if (cls->common.chain_index)
net: propagate tc filter chain index down the ndo_setup_tc call We need to push the chain index down to the drivers, so they have the information to which chain the rule belongs. For now, no driver supports multichain offload, so only chain 0 is supported. This is needed to prevent chain squashes during offload for now. Later this will be used to implement multichain offload. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-06 15:00:16 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:26 +00:00
switch (cls->command) {
case TC_CLSMATCHALL_REPLACE:
net: sched: push cls related args into cls_common structure As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:29 +00:00
return dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall(dev, cls, ingress);
dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:26 +00:00
case TC_CLSMATCHALL_DESTROY:
dsa_slave_del_cls_matchall(dev, cls);
return 0;
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
}
net: dsa: Add bypass operations for the flower classifier-action filter Due to the immense variety of classification keys and actions available for tc-flower, as well as due to potentially very different DSA switch capabilities, it doesn't make a lot of sense for the DSA mid layer to even attempt to interpret these. So just pass them on to the underlying switch driver. DSA implements just the standard boilerplate for binding and unbinding flow blocks to ports, since nobody wants to deal with that. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-29 14:31:13 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_add_cls_flower(struct net_device *dev,
struct flow_cls_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
int port = dp->index;
if (!ds->ops->cls_flower_add)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ds->ops->cls_flower_add(ds, port, cls, ingress);
}
static int dsa_slave_del_cls_flower(struct net_device *dev,
struct flow_cls_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
int port = dp->index;
if (!ds->ops->cls_flower_del)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ds->ops->cls_flower_del(ds, port, cls, ingress);
}
static int dsa_slave_stats_cls_flower(struct net_device *dev,
struct flow_cls_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
int port = dp->index;
if (!ds->ops->cls_flower_stats)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ds->ops->cls_flower_stats(ds, port, cls, ingress);
}
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_flower(struct net_device *dev,
struct flow_cls_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
switch (cls->command) {
case FLOW_CLS_REPLACE:
return dsa_slave_add_cls_flower(dev, cls, ingress);
case FLOW_CLS_DESTROY:
return dsa_slave_del_cls_flower(dev, cls, ingress);
case FLOW_CLS_STATS:
return dsa_slave_stats_cls_flower(dev, cls, ingress);
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
}
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb(enum tc_setup_type type, void *type_data,
void *cb_priv, bool ingress)
{
struct net_device *dev = cb_priv;
net: sched: move the can_offload check from binding phase to rule insertion phase This restores the original behaviour before the block callbacks were introduced. Allow the drivers to do binding of block always, no matter if the NETIF_F_HW_TC feature is on or off. Move the check to the block callback which is called for rule insertion. Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-01 10:47:39 +00:00
if (!tc_can_offload(dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
switch (type) {
case TC_SETUP_CLSMATCHALL:
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_matchall(dev, type_data, ingress);
net: dsa: Add bypass operations for the flower classifier-action filter Due to the immense variety of classification keys and actions available for tc-flower, as well as due to potentially very different DSA switch capabilities, it doesn't make a lot of sense for the DSA mid layer to even attempt to interpret these. So just pass them on to the underlying switch driver. DSA implements just the standard boilerplate for binding and unbinding flow blocks to ports, since nobody wants to deal with that. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-02-29 14:31:13 +00:00
case TC_SETUP_CLSFLOWER:
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_flower(dev, type_data, ingress);
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
}
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_ig(enum tc_setup_type type,
void *type_data, void *cb_priv)
{
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb(type, type_data, cb_priv, true);
}
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_eg(enum tc_setup_type type,
void *type_data, void *cb_priv)
{
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb(type, type_data, cb_priv, false);
}
drivers: net: use flow block API This patch updates flow_block_cb_setup_simple() to use the flow block API. Several drivers are also adjusted to use it. This patch introduces the per-driver list of flow blocks to account for blocks that are already in use. Remove tc_block_offload alias. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-09 20:55:46 +00:00
static LIST_HEAD(dsa_slave_block_cb_list);
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block(struct net_device *dev,
drivers: net: use flow block API This patch updates flow_block_cb_setup_simple() to use the flow block API. Several drivers are also adjusted to use it. This patch introduces the per-driver list of flow blocks to account for blocks that are already in use. Remove tc_block_offload alias. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-09 20:55:46 +00:00
struct flow_block_offload *f)
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
{
drivers: net: use flow block API This patch updates flow_block_cb_setup_simple() to use the flow block API. Several drivers are also adjusted to use it. This patch introduces the per-driver list of flow blocks to account for blocks that are already in use. Remove tc_block_offload alias. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-09 20:55:46 +00:00
struct flow_block_cb *block_cb;
net: flow_offload: rename tc_setup_cb_t to flow_setup_cb_t Rename this type definition and adapt users. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-19 16:20:15 +00:00
flow_setup_cb_t *cb;
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
net: flow_offload: rename TCF_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* to FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* Rename from TCF_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* to FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* and remove temporary tcf_block_binder_type alias. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-09 20:55:41 +00:00
if (f->binder_type == FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_CLSACT_INGRESS)
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
cb = dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_ig;
net: flow_offload: rename TCF_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* to FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* Rename from TCF_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* to FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_* and remove temporary tcf_block_binder_type alias. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-09 20:55:41 +00:00
else if (f->binder_type == FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_CLSACT_EGRESS)
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
cb = dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_eg;
else
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
drivers: net: use flow block API This patch updates flow_block_cb_setup_simple() to use the flow block API. Several drivers are also adjusted to use it. This patch introduces the per-driver list of flow blocks to account for blocks that are already in use. Remove tc_block_offload alias. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-09 20:55:46 +00:00
f->driver_block_list = &dsa_slave_block_cb_list;
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
switch (f->command) {
net: flow_offload: rename TC_BLOCK_{UN}BIND to FLOW_BLOCK_{UN}BIND Rename from TC_BLOCK_{UN}BIND to FLOW_BLOCK_{UN}BIND and remove temporary tc_block_command alias. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-09 20:55:40 +00:00
case FLOW_BLOCK_BIND:
net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_is_busy() and use it This patch adds a function to check if flow block callback is already in use. Call this new function from flow_block_cb_setup_simple() and from drivers. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-09 20:55:48 +00:00
if (flow_block_cb_is_busy(cb, dev, &dsa_slave_block_cb_list))
return -EBUSY;
net: flow_offload: remove netns parameter from flow_block_cb_alloc() No need to annotate the netns on the flow block callback object, flow_block_cb_is_busy() already checks for used blocks. Fixes: d63db30c8537 ("net: flow_offload: add flow_block_cb_alloc() and flow_block_cb_free()") Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-19 16:20:14 +00:00
block_cb = flow_block_cb_alloc(cb, dev, dev, NULL);
drivers: net: use flow block API This patch updates flow_block_cb_setup_simple() to use the flow block API. Several drivers are also adjusted to use it. This patch introduces the per-driver list of flow blocks to account for blocks that are already in use. Remove tc_block_offload alias. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-09 20:55:46 +00:00
if (IS_ERR(block_cb))
return PTR_ERR(block_cb);
flow_block_cb_add(block_cb, f);
list_add_tail(&block_cb->driver_list, &dsa_slave_block_cb_list);
return 0;
net: flow_offload: rename TC_BLOCK_{UN}BIND to FLOW_BLOCK_{UN}BIND Rename from TC_BLOCK_{UN}BIND to FLOW_BLOCK_{UN}BIND and remove temporary tc_block_command alias. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-09 20:55:40 +00:00
case FLOW_BLOCK_UNBIND:
net: flow_offload: add flow_block structure and use it This object stores the flow block callbacks that are attached to this block. Update flow_block_cb_lookup() to take this new object. This patch restores the block sharing feature. Fixes: da3eeb904ff4 ("net: flow_offload: add list handling functions") Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-19 16:20:16 +00:00
block_cb = flow_block_cb_lookup(f->block, cb, dev);
drivers: net: use flow block API This patch updates flow_block_cb_setup_simple() to use the flow block API. Several drivers are also adjusted to use it. This patch introduces the per-driver list of flow blocks to account for blocks that are already in use. Remove tc_block_offload alias. Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-07-09 20:55:46 +00:00
if (!block_cb)
return -ENOENT;
flow_block_cb_remove(block_cb, f);
list_del(&block_cb->driver_list);
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
return 0;
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
}
dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:26 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc(struct net_device *dev, enum tc_setup_type type,
net: sched: get rid of struct tc_to_netdev Get rid of struct tc_to_netdev which is now just unnecessary container and rather pass per-type structures down to drivers directly. Along with that, consolidate the naming of per-type structure variables in cls_*. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:32 +00:00
void *type_data)
dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:26 +00:00
{
net: dsa: Pass ndo_setup_tc slave callback to drivers DSA currently handles shared block filters (for the classifier-action qdisc) in the core due to what I believe are simply pragmatic reasons - hiding the complexity from drivers and offerring a simple API for port mirroring. Extend the dsa_slave_setup_tc function by passing all other qdisc offloads to the driver layer, where the driver may choose what it implements and how. DSA is simply a pass-through in this case. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-15 01:59:59 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
if (type == TC_SETUP_BLOCK)
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_block(dev, type_data);
net: dsa: Pass ndo_setup_tc slave callback to drivers DSA currently handles shared block filters (for the classifier-action qdisc) in the core due to what I believe are simply pragmatic reasons - hiding the complexity from drivers and offerring a simple API for port mirroring. Extend the dsa_slave_setup_tc function by passing all other qdisc offloads to the driver layer, where the driver may choose what it implements and how. DSA is simply a pass-through in this case. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-15 01:59:59 +00:00
if (!ds->ops->port_setup_tc)
net: propagate tc filter chain index down the ndo_setup_tc call We need to push the chain index down to the drivers, so they have the information to which chain the rule belongs. For now, no driver supports multichain offload, so only chain 0 is supported. This is needed to prevent chain squashes during offload for now. Later this will be used to implement multichain offload. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-06 15:00:16 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: Pass ndo_setup_tc slave callback to drivers DSA currently handles shared block filters (for the classifier-action qdisc) in the core due to what I believe are simply pragmatic reasons - hiding the complexity from drivers and offerring a simple API for port mirroring. Extend the dsa_slave_setup_tc function by passing all other qdisc offloads to the driver layer, where the driver may choose what it implements and how. DSA is simply a pass-through in this case. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-09-15 01:59:59 +00:00
return ds->ops->port_setup_tc(ds, dp->index, type, type_data);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
}
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 17:48:40 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_rxnfc(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_rxnfc *nfc, u32 *rule_locs)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 17:48:40 +00:00
if (!ds->ops->get_rxnfc)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
return ds->ops->get_rxnfc(ds, dp->index, nfc, rule_locs);
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 17:48:40 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_set_rxnfc(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_rxnfc *nfc)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 17:48:40 +00:00
if (!ds->ops->set_rxnfc)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
return ds->ops->set_rxnfc(ds, dp->index, nfc);
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 17:48:40 +00:00
}
net: dsa: forward hardware timestamping ioctls to switch driver This patch adds support to the dsa slave network device so that switch drivers can implement the SIOC[GS]HWTSTAMP ioctls and the ethtool timestamp-info interface. Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 00:07:48 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_ts_info(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_ts_info *ts)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
if (!ds->ops->get_ts_info)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ds->ops->get_ts_info(ds, p->dp->index, ts);
}
net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking. Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions. We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases: - creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device claiming that same VID - creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry with that VID Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:39 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid(struct net_device *dev, __be16 proto,
u16 vid)
{
net: dsa: install VLANs into the master's RX filter too Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN. However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc), and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we have a problem. Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case (for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O can work even with a VLAN filtering master. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:29 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking. Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions. We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases: - creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device claiming that same VID - creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry with that VID Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:39 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
Revert "net: dsa: Add more convenient functions for installing port VLANs" This reverts commit 314f76d7a68bab0516aa52877944e6aacfa0fc3f. Citing that commit message, the call graph was: dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging | | | | | +-------------+ | | v v dsa_port_vid_add dsa_slave_port_obj_add | | +-------+ +-------+ | | v v dsa_port_vlan_add Now that tag_8021q has its own ops structure, it no longer relies on dsa_port_vid_add, and therefore on the dsa_switch_ops to install its VLANs. So dsa_port_vid_add now only has one single caller. So we can simplify the call graph to what it was before, aka: dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_slave_port_obj_add | | +-------+ +-------+ | | v v dsa_port_vlan_add Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-10 16:48:57 +00:00
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan vlan = {
.obj.id = SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN,
.vid_begin = vid,
.vid_end = vid,
/* This API only allows programming tagged, non-PVID VIDs */
.flags = 0,
};
struct switchdev_trans trans;
net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking. Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions. We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases: - creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device claiming that same VID - creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry with that VID Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:39 +00:00
int ret;
Revert "net: dsa: Add more convenient functions for installing port VLANs" This reverts commit 314f76d7a68bab0516aa52877944e6aacfa0fc3f. Citing that commit message, the call graph was: dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging | | | | | +-------------+ | | v v dsa_port_vid_add dsa_slave_port_obj_add | | +-------+ +-------+ | | v v dsa_port_vlan_add Now that tag_8021q has its own ops structure, it no longer relies on dsa_port_vid_add, and therefore on the dsa_switch_ops to install its VLANs. So dsa_port_vid_add now only has one single caller. So we can simplify the call graph to what it was before, aka: dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_slave_port_obj_add | | +-------+ +-------+ | | v v dsa_port_vlan_add Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-10 16:48:57 +00:00
/* User port... */
trans.ph_prepare = true;
ret = dsa_port_vlan_add(dp, &vlan, &trans);
if (ret)
return ret;
trans.ph_prepare = false;
ret = dsa_port_vlan_add(dp, &vlan, &trans);
net: dsa: Advertise the VLAN offload netdev ability only if switch supports it When adding a VLAN sub-interface on a DSA slave port, the 8021q core checks NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER and, if the netdev is capable of filtering, calls .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid or .ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid to configure the VLAN offloading. DSA sets this up counter-intuitively: it always advertises this netdev feature, but the underlying driver may not actually support VLAN table manipulation. In that case, the DSA core is forced to ignore the error, because not being able to offload the VLAN is still fine - and should result in the creation of a non-accelerated VLAN sub-interface. Change this so that the netdev feature is only advertised for switch drivers that support VLAN manipulation, instead of checking for -EOPNOTSUPP at runtime. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 19:46:29 +00:00
if (ret)
net: dsa: do not skip -EOPNOTSUPP in dsa_port_vid_add Currently dsa_port_vid_add returns 0 if the switch returns -EOPNOTSUPP. This function is used in the tag_8021q.c code to offload the PVID of ports, which would simply not work if .port_vlan_add is not supported by the underlying switch. Do not skip -EOPNOTSUPP in dsa_port_vid_add but only when necessary, that is to say in dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:16 +00:00
return ret;
Revert "net: dsa: Add more convenient functions for installing port VLANs" This reverts commit 314f76d7a68bab0516aa52877944e6aacfa0fc3f. Citing that commit message, the call graph was: dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging | | | | | +-------------+ | | v v dsa_port_vid_add dsa_slave_port_obj_add | | +-------+ +-------+ | | v v dsa_port_vlan_add Now that tag_8021q has its own ops structure, it no longer relies on dsa_port_vid_add, and therefore on the dsa_switch_ops to install its VLANs. So dsa_port_vid_add now only has one single caller. So we can simplify the call graph to what it was before, aka: dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_slave_port_obj_add | | +-------+ +-------+ | | v v dsa_port_vlan_add Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-10 16:48:57 +00:00
/* And CPU port... */
trans.ph_prepare = true;
ret = dsa_port_vlan_add(dp->cpu_dp, &vlan, &trans);
if (ret)
return ret;
trans.ph_prepare = false;
ret = dsa_port_vlan_add(dp->cpu_dp, &vlan, &trans);
net: dsa: Advertise the VLAN offload netdev ability only if switch supports it When adding a VLAN sub-interface on a DSA slave port, the 8021q core checks NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER and, if the netdev is capable of filtering, calls .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid or .ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid to configure the VLAN offloading. DSA sets this up counter-intuitively: it always advertises this netdev feature, but the underlying driver may not actually support VLAN table manipulation. In that case, the DSA core is forced to ignore the error, because not being able to offload the VLAN is still fine - and should result in the creation of a non-accelerated VLAN sub-interface. Change this so that the netdev feature is only advertised for switch drivers that support VLAN manipulation, instead of checking for -EOPNOTSUPP at runtime. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 19:46:29 +00:00
if (ret)
net: dsa: program VLAN on CPU port from slave DSA currently programs a VLAN on the CPU port implicitly after the related notifier is received by a switch. While we still need to do this transparent programmation of the DSA links in the fabric, programming the CPU port this way may cause problems in some corners such as the tag_8021q driver. Because the dedicated CPU port is specific to a slave, make their programmation explicit a few layers up, in the slave code. Note that technically, DSA links have a dedicated CPU port as well, but since they are only used as conduit between interconnected switches of a fabric, programming them transparently this way is what we want. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:19 +00:00
return ret;
net: dsa: install VLANs into the master's RX filter too Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN. However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc), and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we have a problem. Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case (for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O can work even with a VLAN filtering master. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:29 +00:00
return vlan_vid_add(master, proto, vid);
net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking. Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions. We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases: - creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device claiming that same VID - creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry with that VID Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:39 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_vlan_rx_kill_vid(struct net_device *dev, __be16 proto,
u16 vid)
{
net: dsa: install VLANs into the master's RX filter too Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN. However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc), and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we have a problem. Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case (for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O can work even with a VLAN filtering master. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:29 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking. Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions. We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases: - creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device claiming that same VID - creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry with that VID Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:39 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
Revert "net: dsa: Add more convenient functions for installing port VLANs" This reverts commit 314f76d7a68bab0516aa52877944e6aacfa0fc3f. Citing that commit message, the call graph was: dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging | | | | | +-------------+ | | v v dsa_port_vid_add dsa_slave_port_obj_add | | +-------+ +-------+ | | v v dsa_port_vlan_add Now that tag_8021q has its own ops structure, it no longer relies on dsa_port_vid_add, and therefore on the dsa_switch_ops to install its VLANs. So dsa_port_vid_add now only has one single caller. So we can simplify the call graph to what it was before, aka: dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_slave_port_obj_add | | +-------+ +-------+ | | v v dsa_port_vlan_add Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-10 16:48:57 +00:00
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan vlan = {
.vid_begin = vid,
.vid_end = vid,
/* This API only allows programming tagged, non-PVID VIDs */
.flags = 0,
};
net: dsa: install VLANs into the master's RX filter too Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN. However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc), and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we have a problem. Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case (for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O can work even with a VLAN filtering master. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:29 +00:00
int err;
net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking. Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions. We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases: - creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device claiming that same VID - creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry with that VID Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:39 +00:00
net: dsa: program VLAN on CPU port from slave DSA currently programs a VLAN on the CPU port implicitly after the related notifier is received by a switch. While we still need to do this transparent programmation of the DSA links in the fabric, programming the CPU port this way may cause problems in some corners such as the tag_8021q driver. Because the dedicated CPU port is specific to a slave, make their programmation explicit a few layers up, in the slave code. Note that technically, DSA links have a dedicated CPU port as well, but since they are only used as conduit between interconnected switches of a fabric, programming them transparently this way is what we want. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 17:25:19 +00:00
/* Do not deprogram the CPU port as it may be shared with other user
* ports which can be members of this VLAN as well.
*/
net: dsa: install VLANs into the master's RX filter too Most DSA switch tags shift the EtherType to the right, causing the master to not parse the VLAN as VLAN. However, not all switches do that (example: tail tags, tag_8021q etc), and if the DSA master has "rx-vlan-filter: on" in ethtool -k, then we have a problem. Therefore, we could populate the VLAN table of the master, just in case (for some switches it will not make a difference), so that network I/O can work even with a VLAN filtering master. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:29 +00:00
err = dsa_port_vlan_del(dp, &vlan);
if (err)
return err;
vlan_vid_del(master, proto, vid);
return 0;
net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking. Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions. We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases: - creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device claiming that same VID - creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry with that VID Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:39 +00:00
}
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU (maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway). So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring. In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU. When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the interface they are received and send on. The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted, is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single interface sees that packet. The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU configured on the bridge net device is ignored. In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU. And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do. >From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU that the bridge is normalized to is either: - The most recently changed one: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400 This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0. - The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-27 19:55:43 +00:00
struct dsa_hw_port {
struct list_head list;
struct net_device *dev;
int old_mtu;
};
static int dsa_hw_port_list_set_mtu(struct list_head *hw_port_list, int mtu)
{
const struct dsa_hw_port *p;
int err;
list_for_each_entry(p, hw_port_list, list) {
if (p->dev->mtu == mtu)
continue;
err = dev_set_mtu(p->dev, mtu);
if (err)
goto rollback;
}
return 0;
rollback:
list_for_each_entry_continue_reverse(p, hw_port_list, list) {
if (p->dev->mtu == p->old_mtu)
continue;
if (dev_set_mtu(p->dev, p->old_mtu))
netdev_err(p->dev, "Failed to restore MTU\n");
}
return err;
}
static void dsa_hw_port_list_free(struct list_head *hw_port_list)
{
struct dsa_hw_port *p, *n;
list_for_each_entry_safe(p, n, hw_port_list, list)
kfree(p);
}
/* Make the hardware datapath to/from @dev limited to a common MTU */
net: dsa: dsa_bridge_mtu_normalization() can be static Fixes: f41071407c85 ("net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath") Signed-off-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-04-02 01:25:48 +00:00
static void dsa_bridge_mtu_normalization(struct dsa_port *dp)
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU (maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway). So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring. In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU. When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the interface they are received and send on. The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted, is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single interface sees that packet. The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU configured on the bridge net device is ignored. In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU. And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do. >From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU that the bridge is normalized to is either: - The most recently changed one: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400 This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0. - The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-27 19:55:43 +00:00
{
struct list_head hw_port_list;
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst;
int min_mtu = ETH_MAX_MTU;
struct dsa_port *other_dp;
int err;
if (!dp->ds->mtu_enforcement_ingress)
return;
if (!dp->bridge_dev)
return;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&hw_port_list);
/* Populate the list of ports that are part of the same bridge
* as the newly added/modified port
*/
list_for_each_entry(dst, &dsa_tree_list, list) {
list_for_each_entry(other_dp, &dst->ports, list) {
struct dsa_hw_port *hw_port;
struct net_device *slave;
if (other_dp->type != DSA_PORT_TYPE_USER)
continue;
if (other_dp->bridge_dev != dp->bridge_dev)
continue;
if (!other_dp->ds->mtu_enforcement_ingress)
continue;
slave = other_dp->slave;
if (min_mtu > slave->mtu)
min_mtu = slave->mtu;
hw_port = kzalloc(sizeof(*hw_port), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!hw_port)
goto out;
hw_port->dev = slave;
hw_port->old_mtu = slave->mtu;
list_add(&hw_port->list, &hw_port_list);
}
}
/* Attempt to configure the entire hardware bridge to the newly added
* interface's MTU first, regardless of whether the intention of the
* user was to raise or lower it.
*/
err = dsa_hw_port_list_set_mtu(&hw_port_list, dp->slave->mtu);
if (!err)
goto out;
/* Clearly that didn't work out so well, so just set the minimum MTU on
* all hardware bridge ports now. If this fails too, then all ports will
* still have their old MTU rolled back anyway.
*/
dsa_hw_port_list_set_mtu(&hw_port_list, min_mtu);
out:
dsa_hw_port_list_free(&hw_port_list);
}
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept frames of various sizes: - Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network. - Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra headers to packets which can't be fragmented. For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency across all supported switches). The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch port. The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger overhead on the CPU port. However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device. This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU port when nothing should change. So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes. Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was now removed, for 2 reasons: - dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to do the same thing in DSA - __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to be informed). Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as co-developers down below. Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-27 19:55:42 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_change_mtu(struct net_device *dev, int new_mtu)
{
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
struct dsa_port *cpu_dp;
int port = p->dp->index;
int largest_mtu = 0;
int new_master_mtu;
int old_master_mtu;
int mtu_limit;
int cpu_mtu;
int err, i;
if (!ds->ops->port_change_mtu)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
for (i = 0; i < ds->num_ports; i++) {
int slave_mtu;
if (!dsa_is_user_port(ds, i))
continue;
/* During probe, this function will be called for each slave
* device, while not all of them have been allocated. That's
* ok, it doesn't change what the maximum is, so ignore it.
*/
if (!dsa_to_port(ds, i)->slave)
continue;
/* Pretend that we already applied the setting, which we
* actually haven't (still haven't done all integrity checks)
*/
if (i == port)
slave_mtu = new_mtu;
else
slave_mtu = dsa_to_port(ds, i)->slave->mtu;
if (largest_mtu < slave_mtu)
largest_mtu = slave_mtu;
}
cpu_dp = dsa_to_port(ds, port)->cpu_dp;
mtu_limit = min_t(int, master->max_mtu, dev->max_mtu);
old_master_mtu = master->mtu;
new_master_mtu = largest_mtu + cpu_dp->tag_ops->overhead;
if (new_master_mtu > mtu_limit)
return -ERANGE;
/* If the master MTU isn't over limit, there's no need to check the CPU
* MTU, since that surely isn't either.
*/
cpu_mtu = largest_mtu;
/* Start applying stuff */
if (new_master_mtu != old_master_mtu) {
err = dev_set_mtu(master, new_master_mtu);
if (err < 0)
goto out_master_failed;
/* We only need to propagate the MTU of the CPU port to
* upstream switches.
*/
err = dsa_port_mtu_change(cpu_dp, cpu_mtu, true);
if (err)
goto out_cpu_failed;
}
err = dsa_port_mtu_change(dp, new_mtu, false);
if (err)
goto out_port_failed;
dev->mtu = new_mtu;
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU (maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway). So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring. In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU. When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the interface they are received and send on. The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted, is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single interface sees that packet. The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU configured on the bridge net device is ignored. In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU. And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do. >From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU that the bridge is normalized to is either: - The most recently changed one: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400 This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0. - The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-27 19:55:43 +00:00
dsa_bridge_mtu_normalization(dp);
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept frames of various sizes: - Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network. - Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra headers to packets which can't be fragmented. For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency across all supported switches). The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch port. The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger overhead on the CPU port. However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device. This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU port when nothing should change. So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes. Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was now removed, for 2 reasons: - dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to do the same thing in DSA - __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to be informed). Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as co-developers down below. Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-27 19:55:42 +00:00
return 0;
out_port_failed:
if (new_master_mtu != old_master_mtu)
dsa_port_mtu_change(cpu_dp, old_master_mtu -
cpu_dp->tag_ops->overhead,
true);
out_cpu_failed:
if (new_master_mtu != old_master_mtu)
dev_set_mtu(master, old_master_mtu);
out_master_failed:
return err;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
static const struct ethtool_ops dsa_slave_ethtool_ops = {
.get_drvinfo = dsa_slave_get_drvinfo,
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
.get_regs_len = dsa_slave_get_regs_len,
.get_regs = dsa_slave_get_regs,
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
.nway_reset = dsa_slave_nway_reset,
net: dsa: Eliminate dsa_slave_get_link() Since we use PHYLIB to manage the per-port link indication, this will also be reflected correctly in the network device's carrier state, so we can use ethtool_op_get_link() instead. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:34 +00:00
.get_link = ethtool_op_get_link,
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
.get_eeprom_len = dsa_slave_get_eeprom_len,
.get_eeprom = dsa_slave_get_eeprom,
.set_eeprom = dsa_slave_set_eeprom,
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
.get_strings = dsa_slave_get_strings,
.get_ethtool_stats = dsa_slave_get_ethtool_stats,
.get_sset_count = dsa_slave_get_sset_count,
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
.set_wol = dsa_slave_set_wol,
.get_wol = dsa_slave_get_wol,
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
.set_eee = dsa_slave_set_eee,
.get_eee = dsa_slave_get_eee,
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
.get_link_ksettings = dsa_slave_get_link_ksettings,
.set_link_ksettings = dsa_slave_set_link_ksettings,
net: dsa: add ethtool pause configuration support This patch adds glue logic to make pause settings per port configurable vie ethtool. Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-10-29 21:32:48 +00:00
.get_pauseparam = dsa_slave_get_pauseparam,
.set_pauseparam = dsa_slave_set_pauseparam,
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 17:48:40 +00:00
.get_rxnfc = dsa_slave_get_rxnfc,
.set_rxnfc = dsa_slave_set_rxnfc,
net: dsa: forward hardware timestamping ioctls to switch driver This patch adds support to the dsa slave network device so that switch drivers can implement the SIOC[GS]HWTSTAMP ioctls and the ethtool timestamp-info interface. Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 00:07:48 +00:00
.get_ts_info = dsa_slave_get_ts_info,
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
};
net: dsa: Allow compiling out legacy support Introduce a configuration option: CONFIG_NET_DSA_LEGACY allowing to compile out support for the old platform device and Device Tree binding registration. Support for these configurations is scheduled to be removed in 4.17. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-06 23:03:33 +00:00
/* legacy way, bypassing the bridge *****************************************/
int dsa_legacy_fdb_add(struct ndmsg *ndm, struct nlattr *tb[],
struct net_device *dev,
const unsigned char *addr, u16 vid,
net: Add extack argument to ndo_fdb_add() Drivers may not be able to support certain FDB entries, and an error code is insufficient to give clear hints as to the reasons of rejection. In order to make it possible to communicate the rejection reason, extend ndo_fdb_add() with an extack argument. Adapt the existing implementations of ndo_fdb_add() to take the parameter (and ignore it). Pass the extack parameter when invoking ndo_fdb_add() from rtnl_fdb_add(). Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-16 23:06:50 +00:00
u16 flags,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
net: dsa: Allow compiling out legacy support Introduce a configuration option: CONFIG_NET_DSA_LEGACY allowing to compile out support for the old platform device and Device Tree binding registration. Support for these configurations is scheduled to be removed in 4.17. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-06 23:03:33 +00:00
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return dsa_port_fdb_add(dp, addr, vid);
}
int dsa_legacy_fdb_del(struct ndmsg *ndm, struct nlattr *tb[],
struct net_device *dev,
const unsigned char *addr, u16 vid)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return dsa_port_fdb_del(dp, addr, vid);
}
dsa: implement ndo_get_devlink_port In order for devlink compat functions to work, implement ndo_get_devlink_port. Legacy slaves does not have devlink port instances created for themselves. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 12:56:43 +00:00
static struct devlink_port *dsa_slave_get_devlink_port(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return dp->ds->devlink ? &dp->devlink_port : NULL;
}
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
static const struct net_device_ops dsa_slave_netdev_ops = {
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-07 00:45:26 +00:00
.ndo_open = dsa_slave_open,
.ndo_stop = dsa_slave_close,
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
.ndo_start_xmit = dsa_slave_xmit,
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-07 00:45:26 +00:00
.ndo_change_rx_flags = dsa_slave_change_rx_flags,
.ndo_set_rx_mode = dsa_slave_set_rx_mode,
.ndo_set_mac_address = dsa_slave_set_mac_address,
net: dsa: Move FDB add/del implementation inside DSA Currently DSA uses switchdev's implementation of FDB add/del ndos. This patch moves the implementation inside DSA in order to support the legacy way for static FDB configuration. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:43 +00:00
.ndo_fdb_add = dsa_legacy_fdb_add,
.ndo_fdb_del = dsa_legacy_fdb_del,
net: dsa: Move FDB dump implementation inside DSA >From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge. Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:49 +00:00
.ndo_fdb_dump = dsa_slave_fdb_dump,
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-07 00:45:26 +00:00
.ndo_do_ioctl = dsa_slave_ioctl,
dsa: implement ndo_get_iflink Don't use dev->iflink anymore. CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-02 15:07:08 +00:00
.ndo_get_iflink = dsa_slave_get_iflink,
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
.ndo_netpoll_setup = dsa_slave_netpoll_setup,
.ndo_netpoll_cleanup = dsa_slave_netpoll_cleanup,
.ndo_poll_controller = dsa_slave_poll_controller,
#endif
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_name() Return the physical port number of a DSA created network device using ndo_get_phys_port_name(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-10 20:32:36 +00:00
.ndo_get_phys_port_name = dsa_slave_get_phys_port_name,
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
.ndo_setup_tc = dsa_slave_setup_tc,
net: dsa: use net core stats64 handling Use netdev->tstats instead of a member of dsa_slave_priv for storing a pointer to the per-cpu counters. This allows us to use core functionality for statistics handling. Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-07 20:49:46 +00:00
.ndo_get_stats64 = dev_get_tstats64,
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_port_parent_id() DSA implements SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID and we want to get rid of switchdev_ops eventually, ease that migration by implementing a ndo_get_port_parent_id() function which returns what switchdev_port_attr_get() would do. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-06 17:45:45 +00:00
.ndo_get_port_parent_id = dsa_slave_get_port_parent_id,
net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking. Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions. We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases: - creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device claiming that same VID - creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry with that VID Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:39 +00:00
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid = dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid,
.ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid = dsa_slave_vlan_rx_kill_vid,
dsa: implement ndo_get_devlink_port In order for devlink compat functions to work, implement ndo_get_devlink_port. Legacy slaves does not have devlink port instances created for themselves. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 12:56:43 +00:00
.ndo_get_devlink_port = dsa_slave_get_devlink_port,
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept frames of various sizes: - Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network. - Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra headers to packets which can't be fragmented. For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency across all supported switches). The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch port. The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger overhead on the CPU port. However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device. This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU port when nothing should change. So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes. Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was now removed, for 2 reasons: - dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to do the same thing in DSA - __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to be informed). Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as co-developers down below. Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-27 19:55:42 +00:00
.ndo_change_mtu = dsa_slave_change_mtu,
switchdev: use new swdev ops Move swdev wrappers over to new swdev ops (from previous ndo ops). No functional changes to the implementation. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> rocker: move to new swdev ops Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> dsa: move to new swdev ops Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-16 04:07:15 +00:00
};
net: dsa: Set a "dsa" device_type Provide a device_type information for slave network devices created by DSA, this is useful for user-space application to easily locate/search for devices of a specific kind. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 01:19:58 +00:00
static struct device_type dsa_type = {
.name = "dsa",
};
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
void dsa_port_phylink_mac_change(struct dsa_switch *ds, int port, bool up)
{
const struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_to_port(ds, port);
net: dsa: fix oops while probing Marvell DSA switches Fix an oops in dsa_port_phylink_mac_change() caused by a combination of a20f997010c4 ("net: dsa: Don't instantiate phylink for CPU/DSA ports unless needed") and the net-dsa-improve-serdes-integration series of patches 65b7a2c8e369 ("Merge branch 'net-dsa-improve-serdes-integration'"). Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000124 pgd = c0004000 [00000124] *pgd=00000000 Internal error: Oops: 805 [#1] SMP ARM Modules linked in: tag_edsa spi_nor mtd xhci_plat_hcd mv88e6xxx(+) xhci_hcd armada_thermal marvell_cesa dsa_core ehci_orion libdes phy_armada38x_comphy at24 mcp3021 sfp evbug spi_orion sff mdio_i2c CPU: 1 PID: 214 Comm: irq/55-mv88e6xx Not tainted 5.6.0+ #470 Hardware name: Marvell Armada 380/385 (Device Tree) PC is at phylink_mac_change+0x10/0x88 LR is at mv88e6352_serdes_irq_status+0x74/0x94 [mv88e6xxx] Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-31 14:17:36 +00:00
if (dp->pl)
phylink_mac_change(dp->pl, up);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(dsa_port_phylink_mac_change);
net: phylink, dsa: eliminate phylink_fixed_state_cb() Move the callback into the phylink_config structure, rather than providing a callback to set this up. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-04-23 16:02:56 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_phylink_fixed_state(struct phylink_config *config,
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
struct phylink_link_state *state)
{
net: phylink, dsa: eliminate phylink_fixed_state_cb() Move the callback into the phylink_config structure, rather than providing a callback to set this up. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-04-23 16:02:56 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = container_of(config, struct dsa_port, pl_config);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
/* No need to check that this operation is valid, the callback would
* not be called if it was not.
*/
ds->ops->phylink_fixed_state(ds, dp->index, state);
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:54 +00:00
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
/* slave device setup *******************************************************/
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_phy_connect(struct net_device *slave_dev, int addr)
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
net: dsa: use slave device phydev There is no need to store a phy_device in dsa_slave_priv since net_device already provides one. Simply s/p->phy/dev->phydev/. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-26 21:15:32 +00:00
slave_dev->phydev = mdiobus_get_phy(ds->slave_mii_bus, addr);
if (!slave_dev->phydev) {
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
netdev_err(slave_dev, "no phy at %d\n", addr);
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
return -ENODEV;
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
}
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
return phylink_connect_phy(dp->pl, slave_dev->phydev);
net: dsa: Add PHYLINK switch operations In preparation for adding support for PHYLINK within DSA, define a number of operations that we will need and that switch drivers can start implementing. Proper integration with PHYLINK will follow in subsequent patches. We start selecting PHYLINK (which implies PHYLIB) in net/dsa/Kconfig such that drivers can be guaranteed that this dependency is properly taken care of and can start referencing PHYLINK helper functions without requiring stubs or anything. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:32 +00:00
}
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_phy_setup(struct net_device *slave_dev)
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
struct device_node *port_dn = dp->dn;
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: of_get_phy_mode: Change API to solve int/unit warnings Before this change of_get_phy_mode() returned an enum, phy_interface_t. On error, -ENODEV etc, is returned. If the result of the function is stored in a variable of type phy_interface_t, and the compiler has decided to represent this as an unsigned int, comparision with -ENODEV etc, is a signed vs unsigned comparision. Fix this problem by changing the API. Make the function return an error, or 0 on success, and pass a pointer, of type phy_interface_t, where the phy mode should be stored. v2: Return with *interface set to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA on error. Add error checks to all users of of_get_phy_mode() Fixup a few reverse christmas tree errors Fixup a few slightly malformed reverse christmas trees v3: Fix 0-day reported errors. Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-11-04 01:40:33 +00:00
phy_interface_t mode;
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to specify phy_device::dev_flags Some switch drivers (e.g: bcm_sf2) may have to communicate specific workarounds or flags towards the PHY device driver. Allow switches driver to be delegated that task by introducing a get_phy_flags() callback which will do just that. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 20:07:54 +00:00
u32 phy_flags = 0;
net: of_get_phy_mode: Change API to solve int/unit warnings Before this change of_get_phy_mode() returned an enum, phy_interface_t. On error, -ENODEV etc, is returned. If the result of the function is stored in a variable of type phy_interface_t, and the compiler has decided to represent this as an unsigned int, comparision with -ENODEV etc, is a signed vs unsigned comparision. Fix this problem by changing the API. Make the function return an error, or 0 on success, and pass a pointer, of type phy_interface_t, where the phy mode should be stored. v2: Return with *interface set to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA on error. Add error checks to all users of of_get_phy_mode() Fixup a few reverse christmas tree errors Fixup a few slightly malformed reverse christmas trees v3: Fix 0-day reported errors. Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-11-04 01:40:33 +00:00
int ret;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
net: of_get_phy_mode: Change API to solve int/unit warnings Before this change of_get_phy_mode() returned an enum, phy_interface_t. On error, -ENODEV etc, is returned. If the result of the function is stored in a variable of type phy_interface_t, and the compiler has decided to represent this as an unsigned int, comparision with -ENODEV etc, is a signed vs unsigned comparision. Fix this problem by changing the API. Make the function return an error, or 0 on success, and pass a pointer, of type phy_interface_t, where the phy mode should be stored. v2: Return with *interface set to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA on error. Add error checks to all users of of_get_phy_mode() Fixup a few reverse christmas tree errors Fixup a few slightly malformed reverse christmas trees v3: Fix 0-day reported errors. Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-11-04 01:40:33 +00:00
ret = of_get_phy_mode(port_dn, &mode);
if (ret)
net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type If the phy interface mode is not found in devicetree, or if devicetree is not configured, of_get_phy_mode returns -ENODEV. The current code sets the phy interface mode to the return value from of_get_phy_mode without checking if it is valid. This invalid phy interface mode is passed as parameter to of_phy_connect or to phy_connect_direct. This sets the phy interface mode to the invalid value, which in turn causes problems for any code using phydev->interface. Fixes: b31f65fb4383 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus") Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-17 05:23:51 +00:00
mode = PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
dp->pl_config.dev = &slave_dev->dev;
dp->pl_config.type = PHYLINK_NETDEV;
net: phylink, dsa: eliminate phylink_fixed_state_cb() Move the callback into the phylink_config structure, rather than providing a callback to set this up. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-04-23 16:02:56 +00:00
/* The get_fixed_state callback takes precedence over polling the
* link GPIO in PHYLINK (see phylink_get_fixed_state). Only set
* this if the switch provides such a callback.
*/
if (ds->ops->phylink_fixed_state) {
dp->pl_config.get_fixed_state = dsa_slave_phylink_fixed_state;
dp->pl_config.poll_fixed_state = true;
}
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
dp->pl = phylink_create(&dp->pl_config, of_fwnode_handle(port_dn), mode,
net: dsa: Move the phylink driver calls into port.c In order to have a common handling of PHYLINK for the slave and non-user ports, the DSA core glue logic (between PHYLINK and the driver) must use an API that does not rely on a struct net_device. These will also be called by the CPU-port-handling code in a further patch. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Suggested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:15 +00:00
&dsa_port_phylink_mac_ops);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
if (IS_ERR(dp->pl)) {
netdev_err(slave_dev,
"error creating PHYLINK: %ld\n", PTR_ERR(dp->pl));
return PTR_ERR(dp->pl);
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
}
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_phy_flags)
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
phy_flags = ds->ops->get_phy_flags(ds, dp->index);
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to specify phy_device::dev_flags Some switch drivers (e.g: bcm_sf2) may have to communicate specific workarounds or flags towards the PHY device driver. Allow switches driver to be delegated that task by introducing a get_phy_flags() callback which will do just that. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 20:07:54 +00:00
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
ret = phylink_of_phy_connect(dp->pl, port_dn, phy_flags);
net: dsa: Avoid null pointer when failing to connect to PHY When phylink_of_phy_connect fails, dsa_slave_phy_setup tries to save the day by connecting to an alternative PHY, none other than a PHY on the switch's internal MDIO bus, at an address equal to the port's index. However this does not take into consideration the scenario when the switch that failed to probe an external PHY does not have an internal MDIO bus at all. Fixes: aab9c4067d23 ("net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-23 23:24:07 +00:00
if (ret == -ENODEV && ds->slave_mii_bus) {
/* We could not connect to a designated PHY or SFP, so try to
* use the switch internal MDIO bus instead
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
*/
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ret = dsa_slave_phy_connect(slave_dev, dp->index);
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
if (ret) {
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
netdev_err(slave_dev,
"failed to connect to port %d: %d\n",
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
dp->index, ret);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
phylink_destroy(dp->pl);
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
return ret;
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
}
net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus When the ports phys are connected to the switches internal MDIO bus, we need to connect the phy to the slave netdev, otherwise auto-negotiation etc, does not work. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-05 18:47:28 +00:00
}
net: dsa: propagate error code from dsa_slave_phy_setup In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create(). Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-11 20:49:16 +00:00
net: dsa: Avoid null pointer when failing to connect to PHY When phylink_of_phy_connect fails, dsa_slave_phy_setup tries to save the day by connecting to an alternative PHY, none other than a PHY on the switch's internal MDIO bus, at an address equal to the port's index. However this does not take into consideration the scenario when the switch that failed to probe an external PHY does not have an internal MDIO bus at all. Fixes: aab9c4067d23 ("net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-23 23:24:07 +00:00
return ret;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
}
net: partially revert dynamic lockdep key changes This patch reverts the folowing commits: commit 064ff66e2bef84f1153087612032b5b9eab005bd "bonding: add missing netdev_update_lockdep_key()" commit 53d374979ef147ab51f5d632dfe20b14aebeccd0 "net: avoid updating qdisc_xmit_lock_key in netdev_update_lockdep_key()" commit 1f26c0d3d24125992ab0026b0dab16c08df947c7 "net: fix kernel-doc warning in <linux/netdevice.h>" commit ab92d68fc22f9afab480153bd82a20f6e2533769 "net: core: add generic lockdep keys" but keeps the addr_list_lock_key because we still lock addr_list_lock nestedly on stack devices, unlikely xmit_lock this is safe because we don't take addr_list_lock on any fast path. Reported-and-tested-by: syzbot+aaa6fa4949cc5d9b7b25@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com> Cc: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Acked-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-03 05:22:19 +00:00
static struct lock_class_key dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key;
static void dsa_slave_set_lockdep_class_one(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_queue *txq,
void *_unused)
{
lockdep_set_class(&txq->_xmit_lock,
&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key);
}
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the following split: - suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY devices - suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:22 +00:00
int dsa_slave_suspend(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the following split: - suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY devices - suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:22 +00:00
net: dsa: Do not suspend/resume closed slave_dev If a DSA slave network device was previously disabled, there is no need to suspend or resume it. Fixes: 2446254915a7 ("net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-08-01 00:12:52 +00:00
if (!netif_running(slave_dev))
return 0;
net: dsa: Bring back device detaching in dsa_slave_suspend() Commit 448b4482c671 ("net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat") removed the netif_device_detach() call done in dsa_slave_suspend() which is necessary, and paired with a corresponding netif_device_attach(), bring it back. Fixes: 448b4482c671 ("net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-25 17:10:41 +00:00
netif_device_detach(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
rtnl_lock();
phylink_stop(dp->pl);
rtnl_unlock();
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the following split: - suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY devices - suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:22 +00:00
return 0;
}
int dsa_slave_resume(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Do not suspend/resume closed slave_dev If a DSA slave network device was previously disabled, there is no need to suspend or resume it. Fixes: 2446254915a7 ("net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-08-01 00:12:52 +00:00
if (!netif_running(slave_dev))
return 0;
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the following split: - suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY devices - suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:22 +00:00
netif_device_attach(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
rtnl_lock();
phylink_start(dp->pl);
rtnl_unlock();
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the following split: - suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY devices - suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:22 +00:00
return 0;
}
net: dsa: add slave notify helper Both DSA slave create and destroy functions call call_dsa_notifiers with respectively DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER and the same dsa_notifier_register_info structure. Wrap this in a dsa_slave_notify helper so prevent cluttering these functions. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:14 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_notify(struct net_device *dev, unsigned long val)
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: add slave notify helper Both DSA slave create and destroy functions call call_dsa_notifiers with respectively DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER and the same dsa_notifier_register_info structure. Wrap this in a dsa_slave_notify helper so prevent cluttering these functions. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:14 +00:00
struct dsa_notifier_register_info rinfo = {
.switch_number = dp->ds->index,
.port_number = dp->index,
.master = master,
.info.dev = dev,
};
call_dsa_notifiers(val, dev, &rinfo.info);
}
net: dsa: remove name arg from slave create Now that slave dsa_port always have their name set, there is no need to pass it to dsa_slave_create() anymore. Remove this argument. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-27 19:55:19 +00:00
int dsa_slave_create(struct dsa_port *port)
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
{
net: dsa: constify cpu_dp member of dsa_port A DSA port has a dedicated CPU port assigned to it, stored in the cpu_dp member. It is not meant to be modified by a port, thus make it const. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-06 21:11:43 +00:00
const struct dsa_port *cpu_dp = port->cpu_dp;
net: dsa: split dsa_port's netdev member The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type. It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface. But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit "master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:18 +00:00
struct net_device *master = cpu_dp->master;
net: dsa: remove useless args of dsa_slave_create dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-05 20:20:19 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = port->ds;
net: dsa: remove name arg from slave create Now that slave dsa_port always have their name set, there is no need to pass it to dsa_slave_create() anymore. Remove this argument. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-27 19:55:19 +00:00
const char *name = port->name;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
struct net_device *slave_dev;
struct dsa_slave_priv *p;
int ret;
net: dsa: Allow switch drivers to indicate number of TX queues Let switch drivers indicate how many TX queues they support. Some switches, such as Broadcom Starfighter 2 are designed with 8 egress queues. Future changes will allow us to leverage the queue mapping and direct the transmission towards a particular queue. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-04 03:27:00 +00:00
if (!ds->num_tx_queues)
ds->num_tx_queues = 1;
slave_dev = alloc_netdev_mqs(sizeof(struct dsa_slave_priv), name,
NET_NAME_UNKNOWN, ether_setup,
ds->num_tx_queues, 1);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
if (slave_dev == NULL)
net: dsa: Ensure that port array elements are initialized before being used A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized. Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:32 +00:00
return -ENOMEM;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
net: dsa: Advertise the VLAN offload netdev ability only if switch supports it When adding a VLAN sub-interface on a DSA slave port, the 8021q core checks NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER and, if the netdev is capable of filtering, calls .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid or .ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid to configure the VLAN offloading. DSA sets this up counter-intuitively: it always advertises this netdev feature, but the underlying driver may not actually support VLAN table manipulation. In that case, the DSA core is forced to ignore the error, because not being able to offload the VLAN is still fine - and should result in the creation of a non-accelerated VLAN sub-interface. Change this so that the netdev feature is only advertised for switch drivers that support VLAN manipulation, instead of checking for -EOPNOTSUPP at runtime. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-08-25 19:46:29 +00:00
slave_dev->features = master->vlan_features | NETIF_F_HW_TC;
if (ds->ops->port_vlan_add && ds->ops->port_vlan_del)
slave_dev->features |= NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
slave_dev->hw_features |= NETIF_F_HW_TC;
net: dsa: declare lockless TX feature for slave ports Be there a platform with the following layout: Regular NIC | +----> DSA master for switch port | +----> DSA master for another switch port After changing DSA back to static lockdep class keys in commit 1a33e10e4a95 ("net: partially revert dynamic lockdep key changes"), this kernel splat can be seen: [ 13.361198] ============================================ [ 13.366524] WARNING: possible recursive locking detected [ 13.371851] 5.7.0-rc4-02121-gc32a05ecd7af-dirty #988 Not tainted [ 13.377874] -------------------------------------------- [ 13.383201] swapper/0/0 is trying to acquire lock: [ 13.388004] ffff0000668ff298 (&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key){+.-.}-{2:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0 [ 13.397879] [ 13.397879] but task is already holding lock: [ 13.403727] ffff0000661a1698 (&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key){+.-.}-{2:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0 [ 13.413593] [ 13.413593] other info that might help us debug this: [ 13.420140] Possible unsafe locking scenario: [ 13.420140] [ 13.426075] CPU0 [ 13.428523] ---- [ 13.430969] lock(&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key); [ 13.435946] lock(&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key); [ 13.440924] [ 13.440924] *** DEADLOCK *** [ 13.440924] [ 13.446860] May be due to missing lock nesting notation [ 13.446860] [ 13.453668] 6 locks held by swapper/0/0: [ 13.457598] #0: ffff800010003de0 ((&idev->mc_ifc_timer)){+.-.}-{0:0}, at: call_timer_fn+0x0/0x400 [ 13.466593] #1: ffffd4d3fb478700 (rcu_read_lock){....}-{1:2}, at: mld_sendpack+0x0/0x560 [ 13.474803] #2: ffffd4d3fb478728 (rcu_read_lock_bh){....}-{1:2}, at: ip6_finish_output2+0x64/0xb10 [ 13.483886] #3: ffffd4d3fb478728 (rcu_read_lock_bh){....}-{1:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x6c/0xbe0 [ 13.492793] #4: ffff0000661a1698 (&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key){+.-.}-{2:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0 [ 13.503094] #5: ffffd4d3fb478728 (rcu_read_lock_bh){....}-{1:2}, at: __dev_queue_xmit+0x6c/0xbe0 [ 13.512000] [ 13.512000] stack backtrace: [ 13.516369] CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted 5.7.0-rc4-02121-gc32a05ecd7af-dirty #988 [ 13.530421] Call trace: [ 13.532871] dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1d8 [ 13.536539] show_stack+0x24/0x30 [ 13.539862] dump_stack+0xe8/0x150 [ 13.543271] __lock_acquire+0x1030/0x1678 [ 13.547290] lock_acquire+0xf8/0x458 [ 13.550873] _raw_spin_lock+0x44/0x58 [ 13.554543] __dev_queue_xmit+0x84c/0xbe0 [ 13.558562] dev_queue_xmit+0x24/0x30 [ 13.562232] dsa_slave_xmit+0xe0/0x128 [ 13.565988] dev_hard_start_xmit+0xf4/0x448 [ 13.570182] __dev_queue_xmit+0x808/0xbe0 [ 13.574200] dev_queue_xmit+0x24/0x30 [ 13.577869] neigh_resolve_output+0x15c/0x220 [ 13.582237] ip6_finish_output2+0x244/0xb10 [ 13.586430] __ip6_finish_output+0x1dc/0x298 [ 13.590709] ip6_output+0x84/0x358 [ 13.594116] mld_sendpack+0x2bc/0x560 [ 13.597786] mld_ifc_timer_expire+0x210/0x390 [ 13.602153] call_timer_fn+0xcc/0x400 [ 13.605822] run_timer_softirq+0x588/0x6e0 [ 13.609927] __do_softirq+0x118/0x590 [ 13.613597] irq_exit+0x13c/0x148 [ 13.616918] __handle_domain_irq+0x6c/0xc0 [ 13.621023] gic_handle_irq+0x6c/0x160 [ 13.624779] el1_irq+0xbc/0x180 [ 13.627927] cpuidle_enter_state+0xb4/0x4d0 [ 13.632120] cpuidle_enter+0x3c/0x50 [ 13.635703] call_cpuidle+0x44/0x78 [ 13.639199] do_idle+0x228/0x2c8 [ 13.642433] cpu_startup_entry+0x2c/0x48 [ 13.646363] rest_init+0x1ac/0x280 [ 13.649773] arch_call_rest_init+0x14/0x1c [ 13.653878] start_kernel+0x490/0x4bc Lockdep keys themselves were added in commit ab92d68fc22f ("net: core: add generic lockdep keys"), and it's very likely that this splat existed since then, but I have no real way to check, since this stacked platform wasn't supported by mainline back then. >From Taehee's own words: This patch was considered that all stackable devices have LLTX flag. But the dsa doesn't have LLTX, so this splat happened. After this patch, dsa shares the same lockdep class key. On the nested dsa interface architecture, which you illustrated, the same lockdep class key will be used in __dev_queue_xmit() because dsa doesn't have LLTX. So that lockdep detects deadlock because the same lockdep class key is used recursively although actually the different locks are used. There are some ways to fix this problem. 1. using NETIF_F_LLTX flag. If possible, using the LLTX flag is a very clear way for it. But I'm so sorry I don't know whether the dsa could have LLTX or not. 2. using dynamic lockdep again. It means that each interface uses a separate lockdep class key. So, lockdep will not detect recursive locking. But this way has a problem that it could consume lockdep class key too many. Currently, lockdep can have 8192 lockdep class keys. - you can see this number with the following command. cat /proc/lockdep_stats lock-classes: 1251 [max: 8192] ... The [max: 8192] means that the maximum number of lockdep class keys. If too many lockdep class keys are registered, lockdep stops to work. So, using a dynamic(separated) lockdep class key should be considered carefully. In addition, updating lockdep class key routine might have to be existing. (lockdep_register_key(), lockdep_set_class(), lockdep_unregister_key()) 3. Using lockdep subclass. A lockdep class key could have 8 subclasses. The different subclass is considered different locks by lockdep infrastructure. But "lock-classes" is not counted by subclasses. So, it could avoid stopping lockdep infrastructure by an overflow of lockdep class keys. This approach should also have an updating lockdep class key routine. (lockdep_set_subclass()) 4. Using nonvalidate lockdep class key. The lockdep infrastructure supports nonvalidate lockdep class key type. It means this lockdep is not validated by lockdep infrastructure. So, the splat will not happen but lockdep couldn't detect real deadlock case because lockdep really doesn't validate it. I think this should be used for really special cases. (lockdep_set_novalidate_class()) Further discussion here: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/netdev/patch/20200503052220.4536-2-xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com/ There appears to be no negative side-effect to declaring lockless TX for the DSA virtual interfaces, which means they handle their own locking. So that's what we do to make the splat go away. Patch tested in a wide variety of cases: unicast, multicast, PTP, etc. Fixes: ab92d68fc22f ("net: core: add generic lockdep keys") Suggested-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-27 18:08:05 +00:00
slave_dev->features |= NETIF_F_LLTX;
net: get rid of SET_ETHTOOL_OPS net: get rid of SET_ETHTOOL_OPS Dave Miller mentioned he'd like to see SET_ETHTOOL_OPS gone. This does that. Mostly done via coccinelle script: @@ struct ethtool_ops *ops; struct net_device *dev; @@ - SET_ETHTOOL_OPS(dev, ops); + dev->ethtool_ops = ops; Compile tested only, but I'd seriously wonder if this broke anything. Suggested-by: Dave Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: Wilfried Klaebe <w-lkml@lebenslange-mailadresse.de> Acked-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-05-11 00:12:32 +00:00
slave_dev->ethtool_ops = &dsa_slave_ethtool_ops;
net: dsa: support of_get_mac_address new ERR_PTR error There was NVMEM support added to of_get_mac_address, so it could now return ERR_PTR encoded error values, so we need to adjust all current users of of_get_mac_address to this new fact. While at it, remove superfluous is_valid_ether_addr as the MAC address returned from of_get_mac_address is always valid and checked by is_valid_ether_addr anyway. Fixes: d01f449c008a ("of_net: add NVMEM support to of_get_mac_address") Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-06 21:24:45 +00:00
if (!IS_ERR_OR_NULL(port->mac))
net: dsa: read mac address from DT for slave device Before creating a slave netdevice, get the mac address from DTS and apply in case it is valid. Signed-off-by: Xiaofei Shen <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-29 05:34:58 +00:00
ether_addr_copy(slave_dev->dev_addr, port->mac);
else
eth_hw_addr_inherit(slave_dev, master);
net: dsa: convert to using IFF_NO_QUEUE Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc> Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-18 08:30:41 +00:00
slave_dev->priv_flags |= IFF_NO_QUEUE;
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
slave_dev->netdev_ops = &dsa_slave_netdev_ops;
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept frames of various sizes: - Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network. - Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra headers to packets which can't be fragmented. For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency across all supported switches). The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch port. The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger overhead on the CPU port. However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device. This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU port when nothing should change. So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes. Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was now removed, for 2 reasons: - dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to do the same thing in DSA - __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to be informed). Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as co-developers down below. Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-27 19:55:42 +00:00
if (ds->ops->port_max_mtu)
slave_dev->max_mtu = ds->ops->port_max_mtu(ds, port->index);
net: dsa: implement a central TX reallocation procedure At the moment, taggers are left with the task of ensuring that the skb headers are writable (which they aren't, if the frames were cloned for TX timestamping, for flooding by the bridge, etc), and that there is enough space in the skb data area for the DSA tag to be pushed. Moreover, the life of tail taggers is even harder, because they need to ensure that short frames have enough padding, a problem that normal taggers don't have. The principle of the DSA framework is that everything except for the most intimate hardware specifics (like in this case, the actual packing of the DSA tag bits) should be done inside the core, to avoid having code paths that are very rarely tested. So provide a TX reallocation procedure that should cover the known needs of DSA today. Note that this patch also gives the network stack a good hint about the headroom/tailroom it's going to need. Up till now it wasn't doing that. So the reallocation procedure should really be there only for the exceptional cases, and for cloned packets which need to be unshared. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Tested-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de> # For tail taggers only Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-01 19:16:09 +00:00
if (cpu_dp->tag_ops->tail_tag)
slave_dev->needed_tailroom = cpu_dp->tag_ops->overhead;
else
slave_dev->needed_headroom = cpu_dp->tag_ops->overhead;
/* Try to save one extra realloc later in the TX path (in the master)
* by also inheriting the master's needed headroom and tailroom.
* The 8021q driver also does this.
*/
slave_dev->needed_headroom += master->needed_headroom;
slave_dev->needed_tailroom += master->needed_tailroom;
net: dsa: Set a "dsa" device_type Provide a device_type information for slave network devices created by DSA, this is useful for user-space application to easily locate/search for devices of a specific kind. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 01:19:58 +00:00
SET_NETDEV_DEVTYPE(slave_dev, &dsa_type);
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-07 00:45:26 +00:00
net: partially revert dynamic lockdep key changes This patch reverts the folowing commits: commit 064ff66e2bef84f1153087612032b5b9eab005bd "bonding: add missing netdev_update_lockdep_key()" commit 53d374979ef147ab51f5d632dfe20b14aebeccd0 "net: avoid updating qdisc_xmit_lock_key in netdev_update_lockdep_key()" commit 1f26c0d3d24125992ab0026b0dab16c08df947c7 "net: fix kernel-doc warning in <linux/netdevice.h>" commit ab92d68fc22f9afab480153bd82a20f6e2533769 "net: core: add generic lockdep keys" but keeps the addr_list_lock_key because we still lock addr_list_lock nestedly on stack devices, unlikely xmit_lock this is safe because we don't take addr_list_lock on any fast path. Reported-and-tested-by: syzbot+aaa6fa4949cc5d9b7b25@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Cc: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com> Cc: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Acked-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-05-03 05:22:19 +00:00
netdev_for_each_tx_queue(slave_dev, dsa_slave_set_lockdep_class_one,
NULL);
net: dsa: remove useless args of dsa_slave_create dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-05 20:20:19 +00:00
SET_NETDEV_DEV(slave_dev, port->ds->dev);
slave_dev->dev.of_node = port->dn;
dsa: Split ops up, and avoid assigning tag_protocol and receive separately This change addresses several issues. First, it was possible to set tag_protocol without setting the ops pointer. To correct that I have reordered things so that rcv is now populated before we set tag_protocol. Second, it didn't make much sense to keep setting the device ops each time a new slave was registered. So by moving the receive portion out into root switch initialization that issue should be addressed. Third, I wanted to avoid sending tags if the rcv pointer was not registered so I changed the tag check to verify if the rcv function pointer is set on the root tree. If it is then we start sending DSA tagged frames. Finally I split the device ops pointer in the structures into two spots. I placed the rcv function pointer in the root switch since this makes it easiest to access from there, and I placed the xmit function pointer in the slave for the same reason. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-15 17:00:19 +00:00
slave_dev->vlan_features = master->vlan_features;
p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
net: dsa: use net core stats64 handling Use netdev->tstats instead of a member of dsa_slave_priv for storing a pointer to the per-cpu counters. This allows us to use core functionality for statistics handling. Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-07 20:49:46 +00:00
slave_dev->tstats = netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats(struct pcpu_sw_netstats);
if (!slave_dev->tstats) {
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
free_netdev(slave_dev);
return -ENOMEM;
}
net: dsa: add GRO support via gro_cells gro_cells lib is used by different encapsulating netdevices, such as geneve, macsec, vxlan etc. to speed up decapsulated traffic processing. CPU tag is a sort of "encapsulation", and we can use the same mechs to greatly improve overall DSA performance. skbs are passed to the GRO layer after removing CPU tags, so we don't need any new packet offload types as it was firstly proposed by me in the first GRO-over-DSA variant [1]. The size of struct gro_cells is sizeof(void *), so hot struct dsa_slave_priv becomes only 4/8 bytes bigger, and all critical fields remain in one 32-byte cacheline. The other positive side effect is that drivers for network devices that can be shipped as CPU ports of DSA-driven switches can now use napi_gro_frags() to pass skbs to kernel. Packets built that way are completely non-linear and are likely being dropped without GRO. This was tested on to-be-mainlined-soon Ethernet driver that uses napi_gro_frags(), and the overall performance was on par with the variant from [1], sometimes even better due to minimal overhead. net.core.gro_normal_batch tuning may help to push it to the limit on particular setups and platforms. iperf3 IPoE VLAN NAT TCP forwarding (port1.218 -> port0) setup on 1.2 GHz MIPS board: 5.7-rc2 baseline: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 9.00 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec 413 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 8.99 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 7097731 7097702 port0 426050 6671829 port1 6671681 425862 port1.218 6671677 425851 With this patch: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec 122 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 9474792 9474777 port0 455200 353288 port1 9019592 455035 port1.218 353144 455024 v2: - Add some performance examples in the commit message; - No functional changes. [1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20191230143028.27313-1-alobakin@dlink.ru/ Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <bloodyreaper@yandex.ru> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-04-21 13:41:08 +00:00
ret = gro_cells_init(&p->gcells, slave_dev);
if (ret)
goto out_free;
net: dsa: remove useless args of dsa_slave_create dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-05 20:20:19 +00:00
p->dp = port;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&p->mall_tc_list);
net: dsa: add tagging ops to port The DSA tagging protocol operations are specific to each CPU port, thus the dsa_device_ops pointer belongs to the dsa_port structure. >From now on assign a slave's xmit copy from its CPU port tagging operations. This will ease the future support for multiple CPU ports. Also keep the tag_ops at the beginning of the dsa_port structure so that we ensure copies for hot path are in cacheline 1. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-29 21:19:18 +00:00
p->xmit = cpu_dp->tag_ops->xmit;
net: dsa: split dsa_port's netdev member The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type. It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface. But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit "master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:18 +00:00
port->slave = slave_dev;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept frames of various sizes: - Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network. - Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra headers to packets which can't be fragmented. For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency across all supported switches). The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch port. The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger overhead on the CPU port. However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device. This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU port when nothing should change. So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes. Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was now removed, for 2 reasons: - dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to do the same thing in DSA - __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to be informed). Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as co-developers down below. Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-27 19:55:42 +00:00
rtnl_lock();
ret = dsa_slave_change_mtu(slave_dev, ETH_DATA_LEN);
rtnl_unlock();
net: dsa: don't print non-fatal MTU error if not supported Commit 72579e14a1d3 ("net: dsa: don't fail to probe if we couldn't set the MTU") changed, for some reason, the "err && err != -EOPNOTSUPP" check into a simple "err". This causes the MTU warning to be printed even for drivers that don't have the MTU operations implemented. Fix that. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-09-07 23:25:56 +00:00
if (ret && ret != -EOPNOTSUPP)
net: dsa: print the MTU value that could not be set These warnings become somewhat more informative when they include the MTU value that could not be set and not just the errno. Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201205133944.10182-1-rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-12-05 13:39:44 +00:00
dev_warn(ds->dev, "nonfatal error %d setting MTU to %d on port %d\n",
ret, ETH_DATA_LEN, port->index);
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept frames of various sizes: - Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network. - Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra headers to packets which can't be fragmented. For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency across all supported switches). The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch port. The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger overhead on the CPU port. However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device. This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU port when nothing should change. So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes. Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was now removed, for 2 reasons: - dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to do the same thing in DSA - __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to be informed). Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as co-developers down below. Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-27 19:55:42 +00:00
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
netif_carrier_off(slave_dev);
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
ret = dsa_slave_phy_setup(slave_dev);
dsa: Register netdev before phy When the phy is connected, an info message is printed. If the netdev it is attached to has not been registered yet, the name 'uninitialised' in the output. By registering the netdev first, then connecting they phy, we can avoid this. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 19:11:20 +00:00
if (ret) {
net: dsa: change PHY error message again slave_dev->name is only populated at this stage if it was specified through a label in the device tree. However that is not mandatory. When it isn't, the error message looks like this: [ 5.037057] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d [ 5.044672] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d [ 5.052275] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d [ 5.059877] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d which is especially confusing since the error gets printed on behalf of the DSA master (fsl_enetc in this case). Printing an error message that contains a valid reference to the DSA port's name is difficult at this point in the initialization stage, so at least we should print some info that is more reliable, even if less user-friendly. That may be the driver name and the hardware port index. After this change, the error is printed as: [ 6.051587] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 0 [ 6.061192] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 1 [ 6.070765] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 2 [ 6.080324] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 3 Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-09-07 23:06:56 +00:00
netdev_err(slave_dev,
"error %d setting up PHY for tree %d, switch %d, port %d\n",
ret, ds->dst->index, ds->index, port->index);
net: dsa: add GRO support via gro_cells gro_cells lib is used by different encapsulating netdevices, such as geneve, macsec, vxlan etc. to speed up decapsulated traffic processing. CPU tag is a sort of "encapsulation", and we can use the same mechs to greatly improve overall DSA performance. skbs are passed to the GRO layer after removing CPU tags, so we don't need any new packet offload types as it was firstly proposed by me in the first GRO-over-DSA variant [1]. The size of struct gro_cells is sizeof(void *), so hot struct dsa_slave_priv becomes only 4/8 bytes bigger, and all critical fields remain in one 32-byte cacheline. The other positive side effect is that drivers for network devices that can be shipped as CPU ports of DSA-driven switches can now use napi_gro_frags() to pass skbs to kernel. Packets built that way are completely non-linear and are likely being dropped without GRO. This was tested on to-be-mainlined-soon Ethernet driver that uses napi_gro_frags(), and the overall performance was on par with the variant from [1], sometimes even better due to minimal overhead. net.core.gro_normal_batch tuning may help to push it to the limit on particular setups and platforms. iperf3 IPoE VLAN NAT TCP forwarding (port1.218 -> port0) setup on 1.2 GHz MIPS board: 5.7-rc2 baseline: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 9.00 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec 413 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 8.99 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 7097731 7097702 port0 426050 6671829 port1 6671681 425862 port1.218 6671677 425851 With this patch: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec 122 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 9474792 9474777 port0 455200 353288 port1 9019592 455035 port1.218 353144 455024 v2: - Add some performance examples in the commit message; - No functional changes. [1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20191230143028.27313-1-alobakin@dlink.ru/ Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <bloodyreaper@yandex.ru> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-04-21 13:41:08 +00:00
goto out_gcells;
net: dsa: Fix network device registration order We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached. Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the driver. Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 22:55:53 +00:00
}
net: dsa: add slave notify helper Both DSA slave create and destroy functions call call_dsa_notifiers with respectively DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER and the same dsa_notifier_register_info structure. Wrap this in a dsa_slave_notify helper so prevent cluttering these functions. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:14 +00:00
dsa_slave_notify(slave_dev, DSA_PORT_REGISTER);
net: dsa: Add support for DSA specific notifiers In preparation for communicating a given DSA network device's port number and switch index, create a specialized DSA notifier and two events: DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER that communicate: the slave network device (slave_dev), port number and switch number in the tree. This will be later used for network device drivers like bcmsysport which needs to cooperate with its DSA network devices to set-up queue mapping and scheduling. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-11 17:57:48 +00:00
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning: ============================================ WARNING: possible recursive locking detected 5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted -------------------------------------------- dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock: ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 but task is already holding lock: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); *** DEADLOCK *** May be due to missing lock nesting notation 3 locks held by dhcpcd/323: #0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30 #1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48 #2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 stack backtrace: Call trace: dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0 show_stack+0x20/0x30 dump_stack+0xec/0x158 __lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398 lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440 _raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90 dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48 __dev_open+0x10c/0x180 __dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8 dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70 devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878 inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0 sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310 sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580 ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0 __arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38 el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180 do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98 el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8 el0_sync+0x158/0x180 Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master. We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port) is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we use the same function as VLAN uses. There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice(). Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions. Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key") Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-07 23:48:42 +00:00
rtnl_lock();
ret = register_netdevice(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Fix network device registration order We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached. Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the driver. Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 22:55:53 +00:00
if (ret) {
netdev_err(master, "error %d registering interface %s\n",
ret, slave_dev->name);
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning: ============================================ WARNING: possible recursive locking detected 5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted -------------------------------------------- dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock: ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 but task is already holding lock: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); *** DEADLOCK *** May be due to missing lock nesting notation 3 locks held by dhcpcd/323: #0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30 #1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48 #2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 stack backtrace: Call trace: dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0 show_stack+0x20/0x30 dump_stack+0xec/0x158 __lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398 lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440 _raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90 dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48 __dev_open+0x10c/0x180 __dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8 dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70 devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878 inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0 sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310 sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580 ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0 __arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38 el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180 do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98 el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8 el0_sync+0x158/0x180 Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master. We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port) is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we use the same function as VLAN uses. There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice(). Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions. Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key") Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-07 23:48:42 +00:00
rtnl_unlock();
net: dsa: Fix network device registration order We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached. Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the driver. Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 22:55:53 +00:00
goto out_phy;
dsa: Register netdev before phy When the phy is connected, an info message is printed. If the netdev it is attached to has not been registered yet, the name 'uninitialised' in the output. By registering the netdev first, then connecting they phy, we can avoid this. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 19:11:20 +00:00
}
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning: ============================================ WARNING: possible recursive locking detected 5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted -------------------------------------------- dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock: ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 but task is already holding lock: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); *** DEADLOCK *** May be due to missing lock nesting notation 3 locks held by dhcpcd/323: #0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30 #1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48 #2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 stack backtrace: Call trace: dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0 show_stack+0x20/0x30 dump_stack+0xec/0x158 __lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398 lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440 _raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90 dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48 __dev_open+0x10c/0x180 __dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8 dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70 devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878 inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0 sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310 sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580 ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0 __arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38 el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180 do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98 el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8 el0_sync+0x158/0x180 Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master. We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port) is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we use the same function as VLAN uses. There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice(). Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions. Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key") Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-07 23:48:42 +00:00
ret = netdev_upper_dev_link(master, slave_dev, NULL);
rtnl_unlock();
if (ret)
goto out_unregister;
net: dsa: Ensure that port array elements are initialized before being used A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized. Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:32 +00:00
return 0;
net: dsa: Fix network device registration order We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached. Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the driver. Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 22:55:53 +00:00
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning: ============================================ WARNING: possible recursive locking detected 5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted -------------------------------------------- dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock: ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 but task is already holding lock: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); *** DEADLOCK *** May be due to missing lock nesting notation 3 locks held by dhcpcd/323: #0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30 #1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48 #2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 stack backtrace: Call trace: dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0 show_stack+0x20/0x30 dump_stack+0xec/0x158 __lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398 lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440 _raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90 dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48 __dev_open+0x10c/0x180 __dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8 dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70 devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878 inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0 sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310 sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580 ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0 __arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38 el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180 do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98 el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8 el0_sync+0x158/0x180 Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master. We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port) is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we use the same function as VLAN uses. There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice(). Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions. Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key") Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-07 23:48:42 +00:00
out_unregister:
unregister_netdev(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Fix network device registration order We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached. Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the driver. Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 22:55:53 +00:00
out_phy:
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
rtnl_lock();
phylink_disconnect_phy(p->dp->pl);
rtnl_unlock();
phylink_destroy(p->dp->pl);
net: dsa: add GRO support via gro_cells gro_cells lib is used by different encapsulating netdevices, such as geneve, macsec, vxlan etc. to speed up decapsulated traffic processing. CPU tag is a sort of "encapsulation", and we can use the same mechs to greatly improve overall DSA performance. skbs are passed to the GRO layer after removing CPU tags, so we don't need any new packet offload types as it was firstly proposed by me in the first GRO-over-DSA variant [1]. The size of struct gro_cells is sizeof(void *), so hot struct dsa_slave_priv becomes only 4/8 bytes bigger, and all critical fields remain in one 32-byte cacheline. The other positive side effect is that drivers for network devices that can be shipped as CPU ports of DSA-driven switches can now use napi_gro_frags() to pass skbs to kernel. Packets built that way are completely non-linear and are likely being dropped without GRO. This was tested on to-be-mainlined-soon Ethernet driver that uses napi_gro_frags(), and the overall performance was on par with the variant from [1], sometimes even better due to minimal overhead. net.core.gro_normal_batch tuning may help to push it to the limit on particular setups and platforms. iperf3 IPoE VLAN NAT TCP forwarding (port1.218 -> port0) setup on 1.2 GHz MIPS board: 5.7-rc2 baseline: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 9.00 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec 413 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 8.99 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 7097731 7097702 port0 426050 6671829 port1 6671681 425862 port1.218 6671677 425851 With this patch: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec 122 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 9474792 9474777 port0 455200 353288 port1 9019592 455035 port1.218 353144 455024 v2: - Add some performance examples in the commit message; - No functional changes. [1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20191230143028.27313-1-alobakin@dlink.ru/ Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <bloodyreaper@yandex.ru> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-04-21 13:41:08 +00:00
out_gcells:
gro_cells_destroy(&p->gcells);
net: dsa: Fix network device registration order We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached. Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the driver. Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 22:55:53 +00:00
out_free:
net: dsa: use net core stats64 handling Use netdev->tstats instead of a member of dsa_slave_priv for storing a pointer to the per-cpu counters. This allows us to use core functionality for statistics handling. Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-07 20:49:46 +00:00
free_percpu(slave_dev->tstats);
net: dsa: Fix network device registration order We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached. Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the driver. Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 22:55:53 +00:00
free_netdev(slave_dev);
net: dsa: split dsa_port's netdev member The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type. It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface. But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit "master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:18 +00:00
port->slave = NULL;
net: dsa: Fix network device registration order We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached. Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the driver. Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 22:55:53 +00:00
return ret;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: dsa: move dsa slave destroy code to slave.c Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c. Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine. Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 12:57:35 +00:00
void dsa_slave_destroy(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning: ============================================ WARNING: possible recursive locking detected 5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted -------------------------------------------- dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock: ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 but task is already holding lock: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); *** DEADLOCK *** May be due to missing lock nesting notation 3 locks held by dhcpcd/323: #0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30 #1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48 #2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 stack backtrace: Call trace: dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0 show_stack+0x20/0x30 dump_stack+0xec/0x158 __lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398 lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440 _raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90 dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48 __dev_open+0x10c/0x180 __dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8 dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70 devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878 inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0 sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310 sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580 ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0 __arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38 el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180 do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98 el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8 el0_sync+0x158/0x180 Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master. We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port) is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we use the same function as VLAN uses. There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice(). Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions. Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key") Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-07 23:48:42 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(slave_dev);
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
net: dsa: move dsa slave destroy code to slave.c Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c. Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine. Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 12:57:35 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
netif_carrier_off(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
rtnl_lock();
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning: ============================================ WARNING: possible recursive locking detected 5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted -------------------------------------------- dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock: ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 but task is already holding lock: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1); *** DEADLOCK *** May be due to missing lock nesting notation 3 locks held by dhcpcd/323: #0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30 #1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48 #2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 stack backtrace: Call trace: dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0 show_stack+0x20/0x30 dump_stack+0xec/0x158 __lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398 lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440 _raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90 dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0 dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48 __dev_open+0x10c/0x180 __dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8 dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70 devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878 inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0 sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310 sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580 ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0 __arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38 el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180 do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98 el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8 el0_sync+0x158/0x180 Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master. We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port) is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we use the same function as VLAN uses. There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice(). Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions. Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key") Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-07 23:48:42 +00:00
netdev_upper_dev_unlink(master, slave_dev);
unregister_netdevice(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
phylink_disconnect_phy(dp->pl);
rtnl_unlock();
net: dsa: slave: fix fixed-link phydev leaks Make sure to deregister and free any fixed-link PHY registered using of_phy_register_fixed_link() on slave-setup errors and on slave destroy. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-28 18:25:09 +00:00
net: dsa: add slave notify helper Both DSA slave create and destroy functions call call_dsa_notifiers with respectively DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER and the same dsa_notifier_register_info structure. Wrap this in a dsa_slave_notify helper so prevent cluttering these functions. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:14 +00:00
dsa_slave_notify(slave_dev, DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
phylink_destroy(dp->pl);
net: dsa: add GRO support via gro_cells gro_cells lib is used by different encapsulating netdevices, such as geneve, macsec, vxlan etc. to speed up decapsulated traffic processing. CPU tag is a sort of "encapsulation", and we can use the same mechs to greatly improve overall DSA performance. skbs are passed to the GRO layer after removing CPU tags, so we don't need any new packet offload types as it was firstly proposed by me in the first GRO-over-DSA variant [1]. The size of struct gro_cells is sizeof(void *), so hot struct dsa_slave_priv becomes only 4/8 bytes bigger, and all critical fields remain in one 32-byte cacheline. The other positive side effect is that drivers for network devices that can be shipped as CPU ports of DSA-driven switches can now use napi_gro_frags() to pass skbs to kernel. Packets built that way are completely non-linear and are likely being dropped without GRO. This was tested on to-be-mainlined-soon Ethernet driver that uses napi_gro_frags(), and the overall performance was on par with the variant from [1], sometimes even better due to minimal overhead. net.core.gro_normal_batch tuning may help to push it to the limit on particular setups and platforms. iperf3 IPoE VLAN NAT TCP forwarding (port1.218 -> port0) setup on 1.2 GHz MIPS board: 5.7-rc2 baseline: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 9.00 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec 413 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 8.99 GBytes 644 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 7097731 7097702 port0 426050 6671829 port1 6671681 425862 port1.218 6671677 425851 With this patch: [ID] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5] 0.00-120.01 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec 122 sender [ 5] 0.00-120.00 sec 12.2 GBytes 870 Mbits/sec receiver Iface RX packets TX packets eth0 9474792 9474777 port0 455200 353288 port1 9019592 455035 port1.218 353144 455024 v2: - Add some performance examples in the commit message; - No functional changes. [1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20191230143028.27313-1-alobakin@dlink.ru/ Signed-off-by: Alexander Lobakin <bloodyreaper@yandex.ru> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-04-21 13:41:08 +00:00
gro_cells_destroy(&p->gcells);
net: dsa: use net core stats64 handling Use netdev->tstats instead of a member of dsa_slave_priv for storing a pointer to the per-cpu counters. This allows us to use core functionality for statistics handling. Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-07 20:49:46 +00:00
free_percpu(slave_dev->tstats);
net: dsa: move dsa slave destroy code to slave.c Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c. Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine. Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 12:57:35 +00:00
free_netdev(slave_dev);
}
net: dsa: Get information about stacked DSA protocol It is possible to stack multiple DSA switches in a way that they are not part of the tree (disjoint) but the DSA master of a switch is a DSA slave of another. When that happens switch drivers may have to know this is the case so as to determine whether their tagging protocol has a remove chance of working. This is useful for specific switch drivers such as b53 where devices have been known to be stacked in the wild without the Broadcom tag protocol supporting that feature. This allows b53 to continue supporting those devices by forcing the disabling of Broadcom tags on the outermost switches if necessary. The get_tag_protocol() function is therefore updated to gain an additional enum dsa_tag_protocol argument which denotes the current tagging protocol used by the DSA master we are attached to, else DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE for the top of the dsa_switch_tree. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-08 05:06:05 +00:00
bool dsa_slave_dev_check(const struct net_device *dev)
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
{
return dev->netdev_ops == &dsa_slave_netdev_ops;
}
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_changeupper(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
int err = NOTIFY_DONE;
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
if (netif_is_bridge_master(info->upper_dev)) {
if (info->linking) {
net: dsa: change scope of bridging code Now that the bridge join and leave functions only deal with a DSA port, change their scope from the DSA slave net_device to the DSA generic dsa_port. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:38 +00:00
err = dsa_port_bridge_join(dp, info->upper_dev);
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU (maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway). So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring. In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU. When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the interface they are received and send on. The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted, is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single interface sees that packet. The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU configured on the bridge net device is ignored. In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU. And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do. >From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU that the bridge is normalized to is either: - The most recently changed one: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400 This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0. - The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-27 19:55:43 +00:00
if (!err)
dsa_bridge_mtu_normalization(dp);
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
err = notifier_from_errno(err);
} else {
net: dsa: change scope of bridging code Now that the bridge join and leave functions only deal with a DSA port, change their scope from the DSA slave net_device to the DSA generic dsa_port. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:38 +00:00
dsa_port_bridge_leave(dp, info->upper_dev);
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
err = NOTIFY_OK;
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 20:21:34 +00:00
}
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
return err;
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 20:21:34 +00:00
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: dsa: rename dsa_slave_upper_vlan_check to something more suggestive We'll be adding a new check in the PRECHANGEUPPER notifier, where we'll need to check some VLAN uppers. It is hard to do that when there is already a function named dsa_slave_upper_vlan_check. So rename this one. Not to mention that this function probably shouldn't have started with "dsa_slave_" in the first place, since the struct net_device argument isn't a DSA slave, but an 8021q upper of one. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:24 +00:00
static int
dsa_prevent_bridging_8021q_upper(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
net: dsa: Deny enslaving VLAN devices into VLAN aware bridge VLAN devices on top of a DSA network device which is already part of a bridge and with said bridge being VLAN aware should not be allowed to be enslaved into that bridge. For one, this duplicates functionality offered by the VLAN aware bridge which supports tagged and untagged VLAN frames processing and it would make things needlessly complex to e.g.: propagate FDB/MDB accordingly. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:38 +00:00
{
struct netlink_ext_ack *ext_ack;
struct net_device *slave;
struct dsa_port *dp;
ext_ack = netdev_notifier_info_to_extack(&info->info);
if (!is_vlan_dev(dev))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
slave = vlan_dev_real_dev(dev);
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(slave))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave);
if (!dp->bridge_dev)
return NOTIFY_DONE;
/* Deny enslaving a VLAN device into a VLAN-aware bridge */
if (br_vlan_enabled(dp->bridge_dev) &&
netif_is_bridge_master(info->upper_dev) && info->linking) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(ext_ack,
"Cannot enslave VLAN device into VLAN aware bridge");
return notifier_from_errno(-EINVAL);
}
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
net: dsa: convert check for 802.1Q upper when bridged into PRECHANGEUPPER DSA tries to prevent having a VLAN added by a bridge and by an 802.1Q upper at the same time. It does that by checking the VID in .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(), since that's something that the 8021q module calls, via vlan_vid_add(). When a VLAN matches in both subsystems, this check returns -EBUSY. However the vlan_vid_add() function isn't specific to the 8021q module in any way at all. It is simply the kernel's way to tell an interface to add a VLAN to its RX filter and not drop that VLAN. So there's no reason to return -EBUSY when somebody tries to call vlan_vid_add() for a VLAN that was installed by the bridge. The proper behavior is to accept that configuration. So what's wrong is how DSA checks that it has an 8021q upper. It should look at the actual uppers for that, not just assume that the 8021q module was somewhere in the call stack of .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:25 +00:00
static int
dsa_slave_check_8021q_upper(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct net_device *br = dp->bridge_dev;
struct bridge_vlan_info br_info;
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack;
int err = NOTIFY_DONE;
u16 vid;
net: dsa: allow 8021q uppers while the bridge has vlan_filtering=0 When the bridge has VLAN awareness disabled there isn't any duplication of functionality, since the bridge does not process VLAN. Don't deny adding 8021q uppers to DSA switch ports in that case. The switch is supposed to simply pass traffic leaving the VLAN tag as-is, and the stack will happily strip the VLAN tag for all 8021q uppers that exist. We need to ensure that there are no 8021q uppers when the user attempts to enable bridge vlan_filtering. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:28 +00:00
if (!br || !br_vlan_enabled(br))
net: dsa: convert check for 802.1Q upper when bridged into PRECHANGEUPPER DSA tries to prevent having a VLAN added by a bridge and by an 802.1Q upper at the same time. It does that by checking the VID in .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(), since that's something that the 8021q module calls, via vlan_vid_add(). When a VLAN matches in both subsystems, this check returns -EBUSY. However the vlan_vid_add() function isn't specific to the 8021q module in any way at all. It is simply the kernel's way to tell an interface to add a VLAN to its RX filter and not drop that VLAN. So there's no reason to return -EBUSY when somebody tries to call vlan_vid_add() for a VLAN that was installed by the bridge. The proper behavior is to accept that configuration. So what's wrong is how DSA checks that it has an 8021q upper. It should look at the actual uppers for that, not just assume that the 8021q module was somewhere in the call stack of .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:25 +00:00
return NOTIFY_DONE;
extack = netdev_notifier_info_to_extack(&info->info);
vid = vlan_dev_vlan_id(info->upper_dev);
/* br_vlan_get_info() returns -EINVAL or -ENOENT if the
* device, respectively the VID is not found, returning
* 0 means success, which is a failure for us here.
*/
err = br_vlan_get_info(br, vid, &br_info);
if (err == 0) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
"This VLAN is already configured by the bridge");
return notifier_from_errno(-EBUSY);
}
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_netdevice_event(struct notifier_block *nb,
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 20:21:34 +00:00
{
struct net_device *dev = netdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
net: dsa: deny enslaving 802.1Q upper to VLAN-aware bridge from PRECHANGEUPPER There doesn't seem to be any strong technical reason for doing it this way, but we'll be adding more checks for invalid upper device configurations, and it will be easier to have them all grouped under PRECHANGEUPPER. Tested that it still works: ip link set br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link add link swp2 name swp2.100 type vlan id 100 ip link set swp2.100 master br0 [ 20.321312] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered blocking state [ 20.326711] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered disabled state Error: dsa_core: Cannot enslave VLAN device into VLAN aware bridge. [ 20.346549] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered blocking state [ 20.351957] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered disabled state Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:23 +00:00
switch (event) {
net: dsa: convert check for 802.1Q upper when bridged into PRECHANGEUPPER DSA tries to prevent having a VLAN added by a bridge and by an 802.1Q upper at the same time. It does that by checking the VID in .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(), since that's something that the 8021q module calls, via vlan_vid_add(). When a VLAN matches in both subsystems, this check returns -EBUSY. However the vlan_vid_add() function isn't specific to the 8021q module in any way at all. It is simply the kernel's way to tell an interface to add a VLAN to its RX filter and not drop that VLAN. So there's no reason to return -EBUSY when somebody tries to call vlan_vid_add() for a VLAN that was installed by the bridge. The proper behavior is to accept that configuration. So what's wrong is how DSA checks that it has an 8021q upper. It should look at the actual uppers for that, not just assume that the 8021q module was somewhere in the call stack of .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:25 +00:00
case NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER: {
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info = ptr;
net: dsa: Give drivers the chance to veto certain upper devices Some switches rely on unique pvids to ensure port separation in standalone mode, because they don't have a port forwarding matrix configurable in hardware. So, setups like a group of 2 uppers with the same VLAN, swp0.100 and swp1.100, will cause traffic tagged with VLAN 100 to be autonomously forwarded between these switch ports, in spite of there being no bridge between swp0 and swp1. These drivers need to prevent this from happening. They need to have VLAN filtering enabled in standalone mode (so they'll drop frames tagged with unknown VLANs) and they can only accept an 8021q upper on a port as long as it isn't installed on any other port too. So give them the chance to veto bad user requests. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> [Kurt: Pass info instead of ptr] Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-03 07:10:55 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds;
struct dsa_port *dp;
int err;
net: dsa: convert check for 802.1Q upper when bridged into PRECHANGEUPPER DSA tries to prevent having a VLAN added by a bridge and by an 802.1Q upper at the same time. It does that by checking the VID in .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(), since that's something that the 8021q module calls, via vlan_vid_add(). When a VLAN matches in both subsystems, this check returns -EBUSY. However the vlan_vid_add() function isn't specific to the 8021q module in any way at all. It is simply the kernel's way to tell an interface to add a VLAN to its RX filter and not drop that VLAN. So there's no reason to return -EBUSY when somebody tries to call vlan_vid_add() for a VLAN that was installed by the bridge. The proper behavior is to accept that configuration. So what's wrong is how DSA checks that it has an 8021q upper. It should look at the actual uppers for that, not just assume that the 8021q module was somewhere in the call stack of .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:25 +00:00
net: dsa: Deny enslaving VLAN devices into VLAN aware bridge VLAN devices on top of a DSA network device which is already part of a bridge and with said bridge being VLAN aware should not be allowed to be enslaved into that bridge. For one, this duplicates functionality offered by the VLAN aware bridge which supports tagged and untagged VLAN frames processing and it would make things needlessly complex to e.g.: propagate FDB/MDB accordingly. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:38 +00:00
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
net: dsa: rename dsa_slave_upper_vlan_check to something more suggestive We'll be adding a new check in the PRECHANGEUPPER notifier, where we'll need to check some VLAN uppers. It is hard to do that when there is already a function named dsa_slave_upper_vlan_check. So rename this one. Not to mention that this function probably shouldn't have started with "dsa_slave_" in the first place, since the struct net_device argument isn't a DSA slave, but an 8021q upper of one. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:24 +00:00
return dsa_prevent_bridging_8021q_upper(dev, ptr);
net: dsa: convert check for 802.1Q upper when bridged into PRECHANGEUPPER DSA tries to prevent having a VLAN added by a bridge and by an 802.1Q upper at the same time. It does that by checking the VID in .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(), since that's something that the 8021q module calls, via vlan_vid_add(). When a VLAN matches in both subsystems, this check returns -EBUSY. However the vlan_vid_add() function isn't specific to the 8021q module in any way at all. It is simply the kernel's way to tell an interface to add a VLAN to its RX filter and not drop that VLAN. So there's no reason to return -EBUSY when somebody tries to call vlan_vid_add() for a VLAN that was installed by the bridge. The proper behavior is to accept that configuration. So what's wrong is how DSA checks that it has an 8021q upper. It should look at the actual uppers for that, not just assume that the 8021q module was somewhere in the call stack of .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:25 +00:00
net: dsa: Give drivers the chance to veto certain upper devices Some switches rely on unique pvids to ensure port separation in standalone mode, because they don't have a port forwarding matrix configurable in hardware. So, setups like a group of 2 uppers with the same VLAN, swp0.100 and swp1.100, will cause traffic tagged with VLAN 100 to be autonomously forwarded between these switch ports, in spite of there being no bridge between swp0 and swp1. These drivers need to prevent this from happening. They need to have VLAN filtering enabled in standalone mode (so they'll drop frames tagged with unknown VLANs) and they can only accept an 8021q upper on a port as long as it isn't installed on any other port too. So give them the chance to veto bad user requests. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> [Kurt: Pass info instead of ptr] Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-03 07:10:55 +00:00
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
ds = dp->ds;
if (ds->ops->port_prechangeupper) {
err = ds->ops->port_prechangeupper(ds, dp->index, info);
if (err)
return notifier_from_errno(err);
}
net: dsa: convert check for 802.1Q upper when bridged into PRECHANGEUPPER DSA tries to prevent having a VLAN added by a bridge and by an 802.1Q upper at the same time. It does that by checking the VID in .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(), since that's something that the 8021q module calls, via vlan_vid_add(). When a VLAN matches in both subsystems, this check returns -EBUSY. However the vlan_vid_add() function isn't specific to the 8021q module in any way at all. It is simply the kernel's way to tell an interface to add a VLAN to its RX filter and not drop that VLAN. So there's no reason to return -EBUSY when somebody tries to call vlan_vid_add() for a VLAN that was installed by the bridge. The proper behavior is to accept that configuration. So what's wrong is how DSA checks that it has an 8021q upper. It should look at the actual uppers for that, not just assume that the 8021q module was somewhere in the call stack of .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:25 +00:00
if (is_vlan_dev(info->upper_dev))
return dsa_slave_check_8021q_upper(dev, ptr);
net: dsa: deny enslaving 802.1Q upper to VLAN-aware bridge from PRECHANGEUPPER There doesn't seem to be any strong technical reason for doing it this way, but we'll be adding more checks for invalid upper device configurations, and it will be easier to have them all grouped under PRECHANGEUPPER. Tested that it still works: ip link set br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link add link swp2 name swp2.100 type vlan id 100 ip link set swp2.100 master br0 [ 20.321312] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered blocking state [ 20.326711] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered disabled state Error: dsa_core: Cannot enslave VLAN device into VLAN aware bridge. [ 20.346549] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered blocking state [ 20.351957] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered disabled state Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:23 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: convert check for 802.1Q upper when bridged into PRECHANGEUPPER DSA tries to prevent having a VLAN added by a bridge and by an 802.1Q upper at the same time. It does that by checking the VID in .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(), since that's something that the 8021q module calls, via vlan_vid_add(). When a VLAN matches in both subsystems, this check returns -EBUSY. However the vlan_vid_add() function isn't specific to the 8021q module in any way at all. It is simply the kernel's way to tell an interface to add a VLAN to its RX filter and not drop that VLAN. So there's no reason to return -EBUSY when somebody tries to call vlan_vid_add() for a VLAN that was installed by the bridge. The proper behavior is to accept that configuration. So what's wrong is how DSA checks that it has an 8021q upper. It should look at the actual uppers for that, not just assume that the 8021q module was somewhere in the call stack of .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid(). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:25 +00:00
}
net: dsa: deny enslaving 802.1Q upper to VLAN-aware bridge from PRECHANGEUPPER There doesn't seem to be any strong technical reason for doing it this way, but we'll be adding more checks for invalid upper device configurations, and it will be easier to have them all grouped under PRECHANGEUPPER. Tested that it still works: ip link set br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1 ip link add link swp2 name swp2.100 type vlan id 100 ip link set swp2.100 master br0 [ 20.321312] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered blocking state [ 20.326711] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered disabled state Error: dsa_core: Cannot enslave VLAN device into VLAN aware bridge. [ 20.346549] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered blocking state [ 20.351957] br0: port 5(swp2.100) entered disabled state Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-21 00:10:23 +00:00
case NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER:
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
return dsa_slave_changeupper(dev, ptr);
net: dsa: Deny enslaving VLAN devices into VLAN aware bridge VLAN devices on top of a DSA network device which is already part of a bridge and with said bridge being VLAN aware should not be allowed to be enslaved into that bridge. For one, this duplicates functionality offered by the VLAN aware bridge which supports tagged and untagged VLAN frames processing and it would make things needlessly complex to e.g.: propagate FDB/MDB accordingly. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:38 +00:00
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
net: dsa: don't use switchdev_notifier_fdb_info in dsa_switchdev_event_work Currently DSA doesn't add FDB entries on the CPU port, because it only does so through switchdev, which is associated with a net_device, and there are none of those for the CPU port. But actually FDB addresses on the CPU port have some use cases of their own, if the switchdev operations are initiated from within the DSA layer. There is just one problem with the existing code: it passes a structure in dsa_switchdev_event_work which was retrieved directly from switchdev, so it contains a net_device. We need to generalize the contents to something that covers the CPU port as well: the "ds, port" tuple is fine for that. Note that the new procedure for notifying the successful FDB offload is inspired from the rocker model. Also, nothing was being done if added_by_user was false. Let's check for that a lot earlier, and don't actually bother to schedule the worker for nothing. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:32 +00:00
static void
dsa_fdb_offload_notify(struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *switchdev_work)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = switchdev_work->ds;
struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info info;
struct dsa_port *dp;
if (!dsa_is_user_port(ds, switchdev_work->port))
return;
info.addr = switchdev_work->addr;
info.vid = switchdev_work->vid;
info.offloaded = true;
dp = dsa_to_port(ds, switchdev_work->port);
call_switchdev_notifiers(SWITCHDEV_FDB_OFFLOADED,
dp->slave, &info.info, NULL);
}
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work(struct work_struct *work)
{
struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *switchdev_work =
container_of(work, struct dsa_switchdev_event_work, work);
net: dsa: don't use switchdev_notifier_fdb_info in dsa_switchdev_event_work Currently DSA doesn't add FDB entries on the CPU port, because it only does so through switchdev, which is associated with a net_device, and there are none of those for the CPU port. But actually FDB addresses on the CPU port have some use cases of their own, if the switchdev operations are initiated from within the DSA layer. There is just one problem with the existing code: it passes a structure in dsa_switchdev_event_work which was retrieved directly from switchdev, so it contains a net_device. We need to generalize the contents to something that covers the CPU port as well: the "ds, port" tuple is fine for that. Note that the new procedure for notifying the successful FDB offload is inspired from the rocker model. Also, nothing was being done if added_by_user was false. Let's check for that a lot earlier, and don't actually bother to schedule the worker for nothing. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:32 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = switchdev_work->ds;
struct dsa_port *dp;
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
int err;
net: dsa: don't use switchdev_notifier_fdb_info in dsa_switchdev_event_work Currently DSA doesn't add FDB entries on the CPU port, because it only does so through switchdev, which is associated with a net_device, and there are none of those for the CPU port. But actually FDB addresses on the CPU port have some use cases of their own, if the switchdev operations are initiated from within the DSA layer. There is just one problem with the existing code: it passes a structure in dsa_switchdev_event_work which was retrieved directly from switchdev, so it contains a net_device. We need to generalize the contents to something that covers the CPU port as well: the "ds, port" tuple is fine for that. Note that the new procedure for notifying the successful FDB offload is inspired from the rocker model. Also, nothing was being done if added_by_user was false. Let's check for that a lot earlier, and don't actually bother to schedule the worker for nothing. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:32 +00:00
dp = dsa_to_port(ds, switchdev_work->port);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
rtnl_lock();
switch (switchdev_work->event) {
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE:
net: dsa: don't use switchdev_notifier_fdb_info in dsa_switchdev_event_work Currently DSA doesn't add FDB entries on the CPU port, because it only does so through switchdev, which is associated with a net_device, and there are none of those for the CPU port. But actually FDB addresses on the CPU port have some use cases of their own, if the switchdev operations are initiated from within the DSA layer. There is just one problem with the existing code: it passes a structure in dsa_switchdev_event_work which was retrieved directly from switchdev, so it contains a net_device. We need to generalize the contents to something that covers the CPU port as well: the "ds, port" tuple is fine for that. Note that the new procedure for notifying the successful FDB offload is inspired from the rocker model. Also, nothing was being done if added_by_user was false. Let's check for that a lot earlier, and don't actually bother to schedule the worker for nothing. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:32 +00:00
err = dsa_port_fdb_add(dp, switchdev_work->addr,
switchdev_work->vid);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
if (err) {
net: dsa: don't use switchdev_notifier_fdb_info in dsa_switchdev_event_work Currently DSA doesn't add FDB entries on the CPU port, because it only does so through switchdev, which is associated with a net_device, and there are none of those for the CPU port. But actually FDB addresses on the CPU port have some use cases of their own, if the switchdev operations are initiated from within the DSA layer. There is just one problem with the existing code: it passes a structure in dsa_switchdev_event_work which was retrieved directly from switchdev, so it contains a net_device. We need to generalize the contents to something that covers the CPU port as well: the "ds, port" tuple is fine for that. Note that the new procedure for notifying the successful FDB offload is inspired from the rocker model. Also, nothing was being done if added_by_user was false. Let's check for that a lot earlier, and don't actually bother to schedule the worker for nothing. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:32 +00:00
dev_err(ds->dev,
"port %d failed to add %pM vid %d to fdb: %d\n",
dp->index, switchdev_work->addr,
switchdev_work->vid, err);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
break;
}
net: dsa: don't use switchdev_notifier_fdb_info in dsa_switchdev_event_work Currently DSA doesn't add FDB entries on the CPU port, because it only does so through switchdev, which is associated with a net_device, and there are none of those for the CPU port. But actually FDB addresses on the CPU port have some use cases of their own, if the switchdev operations are initiated from within the DSA layer. There is just one problem with the existing code: it passes a structure in dsa_switchdev_event_work which was retrieved directly from switchdev, so it contains a net_device. We need to generalize the contents to something that covers the CPU port as well: the "ds, port" tuple is fine for that. Note that the new procedure for notifying the successful FDB offload is inspired from the rocker model. Also, nothing was being done if added_by_user was false. Let's check for that a lot earlier, and don't actually bother to schedule the worker for nothing. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:32 +00:00
dsa_fdb_offload_notify(switchdev_work);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
break;
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL_TO_DEVICE:
net: dsa: don't use switchdev_notifier_fdb_info in dsa_switchdev_event_work Currently DSA doesn't add FDB entries on the CPU port, because it only does so through switchdev, which is associated with a net_device, and there are none of those for the CPU port. But actually FDB addresses on the CPU port have some use cases of their own, if the switchdev operations are initiated from within the DSA layer. There is just one problem with the existing code: it passes a structure in dsa_switchdev_event_work which was retrieved directly from switchdev, so it contains a net_device. We need to generalize the contents to something that covers the CPU port as well: the "ds, port" tuple is fine for that. Note that the new procedure for notifying the successful FDB offload is inspired from the rocker model. Also, nothing was being done if added_by_user was false. Let's check for that a lot earlier, and don't actually bother to schedule the worker for nothing. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:32 +00:00
err = dsa_port_fdb_del(dp, switchdev_work->addr,
switchdev_work->vid);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
if (err) {
net: dsa: don't use switchdev_notifier_fdb_info in dsa_switchdev_event_work Currently DSA doesn't add FDB entries on the CPU port, because it only does so through switchdev, which is associated with a net_device, and there are none of those for the CPU port. But actually FDB addresses on the CPU port have some use cases of their own, if the switchdev operations are initiated from within the DSA layer. There is just one problem with the existing code: it passes a structure in dsa_switchdev_event_work which was retrieved directly from switchdev, so it contains a net_device. We need to generalize the contents to something that covers the CPU port as well: the "ds, port" tuple is fine for that. Note that the new procedure for notifying the successful FDB offload is inspired from the rocker model. Also, nothing was being done if added_by_user was false. Let's check for that a lot earlier, and don't actually bother to schedule the worker for nothing. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:32 +00:00
dev_err(ds->dev,
"port %d failed to delete %pM vid %d from fdb: %d\n",
dp->index, switchdev_work->addr,
switchdev_work->vid, err);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
}
net: dsa: be louder when a non-legacy FDB operation fails The dev_close() call was added in commit c9eb3e0f8701 ("net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification") "to indicate inconsistent situation" when we could not delete an FDB entry from the port. bridge fdb del d8:58:d7:00:ca:6d dev swp0 self master It is a bit drastic and at the same time not helpful if the above fails to only print with netdev_dbg log level, but on the other hand to bring the interface down. So increase the verbosity of the error message, and drop dev_close(). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:31 +00:00
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
break;
}
rtnl_unlock();
kfree(switchdev_work);
net: dsa: don't use switchdev_notifier_fdb_info in dsa_switchdev_event_work Currently DSA doesn't add FDB entries on the CPU port, because it only does so through switchdev, which is associated with a net_device, and there are none of those for the CPU port. But actually FDB addresses on the CPU port have some use cases of their own, if the switchdev operations are initiated from within the DSA layer. There is just one problem with the existing code: it passes a structure in dsa_switchdev_event_work which was retrieved directly from switchdev, so it contains a net_device. We need to generalize the contents to something that covers the CPU port as well: the "ds, port" tuple is fine for that. Note that the new procedure for notifying the successful FDB offload is inspired from the rocker model. Also, nothing was being done if added_by_user was false. Let's check for that a lot earlier, and don't actually bother to schedule the worker for nothing. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:32 +00:00
if (dsa_is_user_port(ds, dp->index))
dev_put(dp->slave);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
}
/* Called under rcu_read_lock() */
static int dsa_slave_switchdev_event(struct notifier_block *unused,
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
{
struct net_device *dev = switchdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
net: dsa: don't use switchdev_notifier_fdb_info in dsa_switchdev_event_work Currently DSA doesn't add FDB entries on the CPU port, because it only does so through switchdev, which is associated with a net_device, and there are none of those for the CPU port. But actually FDB addresses on the CPU port have some use cases of their own, if the switchdev operations are initiated from within the DSA layer. There is just one problem with the existing code: it passes a structure in dsa_switchdev_event_work which was retrieved directly from switchdev, so it contains a net_device. We need to generalize the contents to something that covers the CPU port as well: the "ds, port" tuple is fine for that. Note that the new procedure for notifying the successful FDB offload is inspired from the rocker model. Also, nothing was being done if added_by_user was false. Let's check for that a lot earlier, and don't actually bother to schedule the worker for nothing. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:32 +00:00
const struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info *fdb_info;
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *switchdev_work;
net: dsa: don't use switchdev_notifier_fdb_info in dsa_switchdev_event_work Currently DSA doesn't add FDB entries on the CPU port, because it only does so through switchdev, which is associated with a net_device, and there are none of those for the CPU port. But actually FDB addresses on the CPU port have some use cases of their own, if the switchdev operations are initiated from within the DSA layer. There is just one problem with the existing code: it passes a structure in dsa_switchdev_event_work which was retrieved directly from switchdev, so it contains a net_device. We need to generalize the contents to something that covers the CPU port as well: the "ds, port" tuple is fine for that. Note that the new procedure for notifying the successful FDB offload is inspired from the rocker model. Also, nothing was being done if added_by_user was false. Let's check for that a lot earlier, and don't actually bother to schedule the worker for nothing. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:32 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp;
net: dsa: use switchdev handle helpers Get rid of the dsa_slave_switchdev_port_{attr_set,obj}_event functions in favor of the switchdev_handle_port_{attr_set,obj_add,obj_del} helpers which recurse into the lower devices of the target interface. This has the benefit of being aware of the operations made on the bridge device itself, where orig_dev is the bridge, and dev is the slave. This can be used later to configure the hardware switches. Only VLAN and (port) MDB objects not directly targeting the slave device are unsupported at the moment, so skip this case in their respective case statements. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-06-14 17:49:22 +00:00
int err;
net: dsa: move switchdev event implementation under the same switch/case statement We'll need to start listening to SWITCHDEV_FDB_{ADD,DEL}_TO_DEVICE events even for interfaces where dsa_slave_dev_check returns false, so we need that check inside the switch-case statement for SWITCHDEV_FDB_*. This movement also avoids a useless allocation / free of switchdev_work on the untreated "default event" case. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:33 +00:00
switch (event) {
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET:
net: dsa: use switchdev handle helpers Get rid of the dsa_slave_switchdev_port_{attr_set,obj}_event functions in favor of the switchdev_handle_port_{attr_set,obj_add,obj_del} helpers which recurse into the lower devices of the target interface. This has the benefit of being aware of the operations made on the bridge device itself, where orig_dev is the bridge, and dev is the slave. This can be used later to configure the hardware switches. Only VLAN and (port) MDB objects not directly targeting the slave device are unsupported at the moment, so skip this case in their respective case statements. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-06-14 17:49:22 +00:00
err = switchdev_handle_port_attr_set(dev, ptr,
dsa_slave_dev_check,
dsa_slave_port_attr_set);
return notifier_from_errno(err);
net: dsa: move switchdev event implementation under the same switch/case statement We'll need to start listening to SWITCHDEV_FDB_{ADD,DEL}_TO_DEVICE events even for interfaces where dsa_slave_dev_check returns false, so we need that check inside the switch-case statement for SWITCHDEV_FDB_*. This movement also avoids a useless allocation / free of switchdev_work on the untreated "default event" case. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:33 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE:
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL_TO_DEVICE:
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
net: dsa: move switchdev event implementation under the same switch/case statement We'll need to start listening to SWITCHDEV_FDB_{ADD,DEL}_TO_DEVICE events even for interfaces where dsa_slave_dev_check returns false, so we need that check inside the switch-case statement for SWITCHDEV_FDB_*. This movement also avoids a useless allocation / free of switchdev_work on the untreated "default event" case. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:33 +00:00
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: don't use switchdev_notifier_fdb_info in dsa_switchdev_event_work Currently DSA doesn't add FDB entries on the CPU port, because it only does so through switchdev, which is associated with a net_device, and there are none of those for the CPU port. But actually FDB addresses on the CPU port have some use cases of their own, if the switchdev operations are initiated from within the DSA layer. There is just one problem with the existing code: it passes a structure in dsa_switchdev_event_work which was retrieved directly from switchdev, so it contains a net_device. We need to generalize the contents to something that covers the CPU port as well: the "ds, port" tuple is fine for that. Note that the new procedure for notifying the successful FDB offload is inspired from the rocker model. Also, nothing was being done if added_by_user was false. Let's check for that a lot earlier, and don't actually bother to schedule the worker for nothing. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:32 +00:00
net: dsa: move switchdev event implementation under the same switch/case statement We'll need to start listening to SWITCHDEV_FDB_{ADD,DEL}_TO_DEVICE events even for interfaces where dsa_slave_dev_check returns false, so we need that check inside the switch-case statement for SWITCHDEV_FDB_*. This movement also avoids a useless allocation / free of switchdev_work on the untreated "default event" case. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:33 +00:00
switchdev_work = kzalloc(sizeof(*switchdev_work), GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!switchdev_work)
return NOTIFY_BAD;
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
net: dsa: move switchdev event implementation under the same switch/case statement We'll need to start listening to SWITCHDEV_FDB_{ADD,DEL}_TO_DEVICE events even for interfaces where dsa_slave_dev_check returns false, so we need that check inside the switch-case statement for SWITCHDEV_FDB_*. This movement also avoids a useless allocation / free of switchdev_work on the untreated "default event" case. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:33 +00:00
INIT_WORK(&switchdev_work->work,
dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work);
switchdev_work->ds = dp->ds;
switchdev_work->port = dp->index;
switchdev_work->event = event;
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
net: dsa: don't use switchdev_notifier_fdb_info in dsa_switchdev_event_work Currently DSA doesn't add FDB entries on the CPU port, because it only does so through switchdev, which is associated with a net_device, and there are none of those for the CPU port. But actually FDB addresses on the CPU port have some use cases of their own, if the switchdev operations are initiated from within the DSA layer. There is just one problem with the existing code: it passes a structure in dsa_switchdev_event_work which was retrieved directly from switchdev, so it contains a net_device. We need to generalize the contents to something that covers the CPU port as well: the "ds, port" tuple is fine for that. Note that the new procedure for notifying the successful FDB offload is inspired from the rocker model. Also, nothing was being done if added_by_user was false. Let's check for that a lot earlier, and don't actually bother to schedule the worker for nothing. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:32 +00:00
fdb_info = ptr;
if (!fdb_info->added_by_user) {
kfree(switchdev_work);
return NOTIFY_OK;
}
ether_addr_copy(switchdev_work->addr,
fdb_info->addr);
switchdev_work->vid = fdb_info->vid;
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
dev_hold(dev);
net: dsa: move switchdev event implementation under the same switch/case statement We'll need to start listening to SWITCHDEV_FDB_{ADD,DEL}_TO_DEVICE events even for interfaces where dsa_slave_dev_check returns false, so we need that check inside the switch-case statement for SWITCHDEV_FDB_*. This movement also avoids a useless allocation / free of switchdev_work on the untreated "default event" case. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 09:51:33 +00:00
dsa_schedule_work(&switchdev_work->work);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
break;
default:
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
return NOTIFY_OK;
}
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_event(struct notifier_block *unused,
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
{
struct net_device *dev = switchdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
net: dsa: use switchdev handle helpers Get rid of the dsa_slave_switchdev_port_{attr_set,obj}_event functions in favor of the switchdev_handle_port_{attr_set,obj_add,obj_del} helpers which recurse into the lower devices of the target interface. This has the benefit of being aware of the operations made on the bridge device itself, where orig_dev is the bridge, and dev is the slave. This can be used later to configure the hardware switches. Only VLAN and (port) MDB objects not directly targeting the slave device are unsupported at the moment, so skip this case in their respective case statements. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-06-14 17:49:22 +00:00
int err;
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
switch (event) {
net: dsa: use switchdev handle helpers Get rid of the dsa_slave_switchdev_port_{attr_set,obj}_event functions in favor of the switchdev_handle_port_{attr_set,obj_add,obj_del} helpers which recurse into the lower devices of the target interface. This has the benefit of being aware of the operations made on the bridge device itself, where orig_dev is the bridge, and dev is the slave. This can be used later to configure the hardware switches. Only VLAN and (port) MDB objects not directly targeting the slave device are unsupported at the moment, so skip this case in their respective case statements. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-06-14 17:49:22 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD:
err = switchdev_handle_port_obj_add(dev, ptr,
dsa_slave_dev_check,
dsa_slave_port_obj_add);
return notifier_from_errno(err);
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_DEL:
net: dsa: use switchdev handle helpers Get rid of the dsa_slave_switchdev_port_{attr_set,obj}_event functions in favor of the switchdev_handle_port_{attr_set,obj_add,obj_del} helpers which recurse into the lower devices of the target interface. This has the benefit of being aware of the operations made on the bridge device itself, where orig_dev is the bridge, and dev is the slave. This can be used later to configure the hardware switches. Only VLAN and (port) MDB objects not directly targeting the slave device are unsupported at the moment, so skip this case in their respective case statements. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-06-14 17:49:22 +00:00
err = switchdev_handle_port_obj_del(dev, ptr,
dsa_slave_dev_check,
dsa_slave_port_obj_del);
return notifier_from_errno(err);
net: dsa: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET Following patches will change the way we communicate setting a port's attribute and use notifiers towards that goal. Prepare DSA to support receiving notifier events targeting SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET from both atomic and process context and use a small helper to translate the event notifier into something that dsa_slave_port_attr_set() can process. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-27 19:44:27 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET:
net: dsa: use switchdev handle helpers Get rid of the dsa_slave_switchdev_port_{attr_set,obj}_event functions in favor of the switchdev_handle_port_{attr_set,obj_add,obj_del} helpers which recurse into the lower devices of the target interface. This has the benefit of being aware of the operations made on the bridge device itself, where orig_dev is the bridge, and dev is the slave. This can be used later to configure the hardware switches. Only VLAN and (port) MDB objects not directly targeting the slave device are unsupported at the moment, so skip this case in their respective case statements. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-06-14 17:49:22 +00:00
err = switchdev_handle_port_attr_set(dev, ptr,
dsa_slave_dev_check,
dsa_slave_port_attr_set);
return notifier_from_errno(err);
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
}
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
static struct notifier_block dsa_slave_nb __read_mostly = {
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
.notifier_call = dsa_slave_netdevice_event,
};
static struct notifier_block dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier = {
.notifier_call = dsa_slave_switchdev_event,
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
};
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
static struct notifier_block dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_notifier = {
.notifier_call = dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_event,
};
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
int dsa_slave_register_notifier(void)
{
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
struct notifier_block *nb;
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
int err;
err = register_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
if (err)
return err;
err = register_switchdev_notifier(&dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier);
if (err)
goto err_switchdev_nb;
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
nb = &dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_notifier;
err = register_switchdev_blocking_notifier(nb);
if (err)
goto err_switchdev_blocking_nb;
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
return 0;
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
err_switchdev_blocking_nb:
unregister_switchdev_notifier(&dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
err_switchdev_nb:
unregister_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
return err;
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
}
void dsa_slave_unregister_notifier(void)
{
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
struct notifier_block *nb;
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
int err;
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
nb = &dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_notifier;
err = unregister_switchdev_blocking_notifier(nb);
if (err)
pr_err("DSA: failed to unregister switchdev blocking notifier (%d)\n", err);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
err = unregister_switchdev_notifier(&dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier);
if (err)
pr_err("DSA: failed to unregister switchdev notifier (%d)\n", err);
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
err = unregister_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
if (err)
pr_err("DSA: failed to unregister slave notifier (%d)\n", err);
}